US20200069820A1 - Mri imaging of amyloid plaque using liposomes - Google Patents
Mri imaging of amyloid plaque using liposomes Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20200069820A1 US20200069820A1 US16/677,751 US201916677751A US2020069820A1 US 20200069820 A1 US20200069820 A1 US 20200069820A1 US 201916677751 A US201916677751 A US 201916677751A US 2020069820 A1 US2020069820 A1 US 2020069820A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- phospholipid
- aromatic
- polymer
- liposomal composition
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 27
- 208000037259 Amyloid Plaque Diseases 0.000 title claims description 64
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 title abstract description 93
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 82
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 95
- -1 —O-alkyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 64
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 42
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 42
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 claims description 41
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 39
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 39
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 claims description 36
- 238000002595 magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 claims description 35
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 35
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 27
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 26
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 26
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 21
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000003147 glycosyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 1,2-dihexadecanoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000006577 C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000006528 (C2-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 claims description 9
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 8
- 210000002682 neurofibrillary tangle Anatomy 0.000 claims description 8
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000000921 Gadolinium Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis{2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl}glycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 229920001477 hydrophilic polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 4
- LYRFLYHAGKPMFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanamide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(N)=O LYRFLYHAGKPMFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960003330 pentetic acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 claims 3
- 102000013455 Amyloid beta-Peptides Human genes 0.000 abstract description 4
- 108010090849 Amyloid beta-Peptides Proteins 0.000 abstract description 4
- 150000001491 aromatic compounds Chemical class 0.000 abstract 2
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 176
- 239000000562 conjugate Substances 0.000 description 73
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 57
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 52
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 37
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 31
- 0 C1=CC=NC=C1.CC=CC1=CC=CC=C1.COC.CO[2*]C(C)C Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1.CC=CC1=CC=CC=C1.COC.CO[2*]C(C)C 0.000 description 29
- CAMWVBRDIKKGII-UHFFFAOYSA-M n,n-dimethyl-4-(1-methylpyridin-1-ium-4-yl)aniline;iodide Chemical compound [I-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C1=CC=[N+](C)C=C1 CAMWVBRDIKKGII-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 26
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 20
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- MOFVSTNWEDAEEK-UHFFFAOYSA-M indocyanine green Chemical group [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)CCCCN1C2=CC=C3C=CC=CC3=C2C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=CC=CC1=[N+](CCCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C2=CC=C(C=CC=C3)C3=C2C1(C)C MOFVSTNWEDAEEK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 18
- 229960004657 indocyanine green Drugs 0.000 description 18
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 17
- 230000008499 blood brain barrier function Effects 0.000 description 15
- 210000001218 blood-brain barrier Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 description 15
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- XFFSCOOTVXBLCK-QAVVBOBSSA-N OC(=O)c1cc(ccc1O)\N=N\c1ccc(cc1)-c1ccc(cc1)\N=N\c1ccc(O)c(c1)C(O)=O Chemical compound OC(=O)c1cc(ccc1O)\N=N\c1ccc(cc1)-c1ccc(cc1)\N=N\c1ccc(O)c(c1)C(O)=O XFFSCOOTVXBLCK-QAVVBOBSSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 13
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 12
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- MVJKUWANBPLVFJ-GORDUTHDSA-N 2-[N-methyl-4-[(E)-2-pyrimidin-4-ylethenyl]anilino]ethanol Chemical compound CN(CCO)C1=CC=C(C=C1)\C=C\C1=NC=NC=C1 MVJKUWANBPLVFJ-GORDUTHDSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- CBRMVHHBOZCVFN-DUXPYHPUSA-N 2-methoxy-4-[(E)-2-pyrimidin-4-ylethenyl]phenol Chemical compound COC1=C(C=CC(=C1)\C=C\C1=NC=NC=C1)O CBRMVHHBOZCVFN-DUXPYHPUSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 10
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 description 9
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 8
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000012216 imaging agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000012879 PET imaging Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 210000001320 hippocampus Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229920000233 poly(alkylene oxides) Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 238000005314 correlation function Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000002600 positron emission tomography Methods 0.000 description 6
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 6
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 102000001049 Amyloid Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010094108 Amyloid Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 5
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 5
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000003941 amyloidogenesis Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000011888 autopsy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000005013 brain tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000003710 cerebral cortex Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000009137 competitive binding Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000003364 immunohistochemistry Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 5
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- SRLOHQKOADWDBV-NRONOFSHSA-M sodium;[(2r)-2,3-di(octadecanoyloxy)propyl] 2-(2-methoxyethoxycarbonylamino)ethyl phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCCNC(=O)OCCOC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC SRLOHQKOADWDBV-NRONOFSHSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Octanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCO KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940126062 Compound A Drugs 0.000 description 4
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heterophylliin A Natural products O1C2COC(=O)C3=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C3C3=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=C3C(=O)OC2C(OC(=O)C=2C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=2)C(O)C1OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000003917 TEM image Methods 0.000 description 4
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000005153 frontal cortex Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 4
- OKJPEAGHQZHRQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodoform Chemical compound IC(I)I OKJPEAGHQZHRQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000001000 micrograph Methods 0.000 description 4
- LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [K+].CC(C)(C)[O-] LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011877 solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- LVNGJLRDBYCPGB-LDLOPFEMSA-N (R)-1,2-distearoylphosphatidylethanolamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[NH3+])OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC LVNGJLRDBYCPGB-LDLOPFEMSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LVILGAOSPDLNRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methylpyrimidine Chemical compound CC1=CC=NC=N1 LVILGAOSPDLNRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 3
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052688 Gadolinium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- 101000617536 Homo sapiens Presenilin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoflurane Chemical compound FC(F)OC(Cl)C(F)(F)F PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000232 Lipid Bilayer Substances 0.000 description 3
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100022033 Presenilin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000003354 benzotriazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC2=C1C=CC=C2* 0.000 description 3
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008045 co-localization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010226 confocal imaging Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002872 contrast media Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 3
- OCDAWJYGVOLXGZ-VPVMAENOSA-K gadobenate dimeglumine Chemical compound [Gd+3].CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO.CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO.OC(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)C(C([O-])=O)COCC1=CC=CC=C1 OCDAWJYGVOLXGZ-VPVMAENOSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 229940096814 gadobenate dimeglumine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004475 heteroaralkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000002354 inductively-coupled plasma atomic emission spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229960002725 isoflurane Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000003333 near-infrared imaging Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000264 spin echo pulse sequence Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 3
- NRJAVPSFFCBXDT-HUESYALOSA-N 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC NRJAVPSFFCBXDT-HUESYALOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TXLHNFOLHRXMAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-benzylphenoxy)-n,n-diethylethanamine;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.C1=CC(OCCN(CC)CC)=CC=C1CC1=CC=CC=C1 TXLHNFOLHRXMAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YSDDPNWGLSGZRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[bis(2-hydroxyethyl)amino]benzaldehyde Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 YSDDPNWGLSGZRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-toluenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000882 C2-C6 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- GVZMSLHOHQMPSU-UHFFFAOYSA-L CC(C)CCOCCOCCCC(=O)COCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O.CC(C)N1C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N1 Chemical compound CC(C)CCOCCOCCCC(=O)COCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O.CC(C)N1C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N1 GVZMSLHOHQMPSU-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- QZMAMAWPFVVGOP-BJXACUQRSA-G CC1=C2C=CSC2=NC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=N1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.COC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=NC(C)=C1.COC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=NC(C)=C1.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN2C=CC3=C2C=CC(/C=C/C2=NC=NC(O)=C2)=C3)N=N1)OC=O Chemical compound CC1=C2C=CSC2=NC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=N1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.COC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=NC(C)=C1.COC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=NC(C)=C1.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN2C=CC3=C2C=CC(/C=C/C2=NC=NC(O)=C2)=C3)N=N1)OC=O QZMAMAWPFVVGOP-BJXACUQRSA-G 0.000 description 2
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 208000005145 Cerebral amyloid angiopathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007987 MES buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 2
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000005426 adeninyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1N)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005602 azabenzimidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005334 azaindolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000005874 benzothiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 2
- OPQARKPSCNTWTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(ii) acetate Chemical compound [Cu+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O OPQARKPSCNTWTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000001054 cortical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011026 diafiltration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 2
- YNDIAUKFXKEXSV-CRYLGTRXSA-N florbetapir F-18 Chemical compound C1=CC(NC)=CC=C1\C=C\C1=CC=C(OCCOCCOCC[18F])N=C1 YNDIAUKFXKEXSV-CRYLGTRXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000799 fluorescence microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N gadolinium atom Chemical compound [Gd] UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002314 glycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000000971 hippocampal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013029 homogenous suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004857 imidazopyridinyl group Chemical group N1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=N2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical group C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- GHXZPUGJZVBLGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodoethene Chemical compound IC=C GHXZPUGJZVBLGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005291 magnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000012120 mounting media Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002439 negative-stain electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxadiazole Chemical compound C1=CON=N1 WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 2
- VATYWCRQDJIRAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-aminobenzaldehyde Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 VATYWCRQDJIRAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003138 primary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 238000002603 single-photon emission computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N stilbene Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000000147 tetrahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiadiazole Chemical compound C1=CSN=N1.C1=CSN=N1 VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- RBNBDIMXFJYDLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=NC=C2SC=CC2=N1 RBNBDIMXFJYDLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- JADVWWSKYZXRGX-UHFFFAOYSA-M thioflavine T Chemical class [Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C1=[N+](C)C2=CC=C(C)C=C2S1 JADVWWSKYZXRGX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 2
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011830 transgenic mouse model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- MWOOGOJBHIARFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanillin Chemical compound COC1=CC(C=O)=CC=C1O MWOOGOJBHIARFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002861 ventricular Effects 0.000 description 2
- YUOLAYZNDYRBEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (6-oxo-1h-pyridin-3-yl)boronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C=1C=CC(=O)NC=1 YUOLAYZNDYRBEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FNQJDLTXOVEEFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-benzothiadiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SN=NC2=C1 FNQJDLTXOVEEFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SLLFVLKNXABYGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-benzoxadiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2ON=NC2=C1 SLLFVLKNXABYGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SLKDGVPOSSLUAI-PGUFJCEWSA-N 1,2-dihexadecanoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine zwitterion Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OCCN)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC SLKDGVPOSSLUAI-PGUFJCEWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzoxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=NC2=C1 BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001140 1,4-phenylene group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([*:2])=C([H])C([H])=C1[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UCOZSLOKWQWKJD-DAFODLJHSA-N 2-[N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-4-[(E)-2-pyrimidin-4-ylethenyl]anilino]ethanol Chemical compound N1=CN=C(C=C1)/C=C/C1=CC=C(C=C1)N(CCO)CCO UCOZSLOKWQWKJD-DAFODLJHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDLCZOVUSADOIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromoethanol Chemical compound OCCBr LDLCZOVUSADOIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GTZBELRIIUXTNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyacetaldehyde Chemical compound OCC=O.OCC=O GTZBELRIIUXTNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- AKXKFZDCRYJKTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-Hydroxypropionaldehyde Chemical compound OCCC=O AKXKFZDCRYJKTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FWBHETKCLVMNFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4',6-Diamino-2-phenylindol Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=N)N)=CC=C1C1=CC2=CC=C(C(N)=N)C=C2N1 FWBHETKCLVMNFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JOCUIVLSLBBESN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[2-hydroxyethyl(methyl)amino]benzaldehyde Chemical compound OCCN(C)C1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 JOCUIVLSLBBESN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CNRGMQRNYAIBTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-hydroxypentanal Chemical compound OCCCCC=O CNRGMQRNYAIBTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPFTWHJPEMPAGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-hydroxy caproaldehyde Chemical compound OCCCCCC=O FPFTWHJPEMPAGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005964 Acibenzolar-S-methyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000000044 Amnesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LVAXFQWDMFCVNT-MVGQSFCBSA-K C#CCOC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O.C#CCOC(=O)Cl.NCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=NC=NC=C3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O.[N-]=[N+]=NCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=NC=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound C#CCOC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O.C#CCOC(=O)Cl.NCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=NC=NC=C3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O.[N-]=[N+]=NCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=NC=C2)C=C1 LVAXFQWDMFCVNT-MVGQSFCBSA-K 0.000 description 1
- MNALDJFVLKPRQV-DMEWWQFFSA-N C.CC(C)CCN(C)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCC(C)C)C=C2)=NC(N)=N1.COC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCC(C)C)C=C2)=NC(C)=N1 Chemical compound C.CC(C)CCN(C)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCC(C)C)C=C2)=NC(N)=N1.COC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCC(C)C)C=C2)=NC(C)=N1 MNALDJFVLKPRQV-DMEWWQFFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMHWPNQARSOMJK-XEEPUNNGSA-N C.CC(C)CCN(C)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=NC=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCC(C)C)C=C2)=NC(N)=N1.COC1=NC(C)=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCC(C)C)C=C2)=N1 Chemical compound C.CC(C)CCN(C)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=NC=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCC(C)C)C=C2)=NC(N)=N1.COC1=NC(C)=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCC(C)C)C=C2)=N1 PMHWPNQARSOMJK-XEEPUNNGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBFIYAIYYSPHLA-ITQFUFCBSA-N C.CC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCO)C=C2)=NC(N)=N1.CN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1.COC1=NC(C)=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCO)C=C2)=N1.OCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound C.CC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCO)C=C2)=NC(N)=N1.CN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1.COC1=NC(C)=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCO)C=C2)=N1.OCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1 DBFIYAIYYSPHLA-ITQFUFCBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DMOBVVQYQNIAOY-WRQJSNHTSA-N C1=CC2=C(C=C1)SC=N2.O=CC1=CC=C(N(CCO)CCO)C=C1.OCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC3=C(C=CC=C3)S2)C=C1 Chemical compound C1=CC2=C(C=C1)SC=N2.O=CC1=CC=C(N(CCO)CCO)C=C1.OCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC3=C(C=CC=C3)S2)C=C1 DMOBVVQYQNIAOY-WRQJSNHTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XAELQKDISDKNPF-BXFOZBKASA-N CC(C)C(CO)COCCN(C)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CN=C(O)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)C(CO)COCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CN=C(O)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)C(CO)COCCN(CCOCC(O)CO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CN=C(O)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CC(O)COCCN(C)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CN=C(O)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CC(O)COCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CN=C(O)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CC(O)COCCN(CCOCC(O)CO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CN=C(O)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CCN(C)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CN=C(O)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CN=C(O)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CCN(CCOCC(O)CO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CN=C(O)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)C(CO)COCCN(C)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CN=C(O)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)C(CO)COCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CN=C(O)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)C(CO)COCCN(CCOCC(O)CO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CN=C(O)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CC(O)COCCN(C)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CN=C(O)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CC(O)COCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CN=C(O)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CC(O)COCCN(CCOCC(O)CO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CN=C(O)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CCN(C)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CN=C(O)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CN=C(O)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CCN(CCOCC(O)CO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CN=C(O)C=C2)C=C1 XAELQKDISDKNPF-BXFOZBKASA-N 0.000 description 1
- UCYAJKALQHIHOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)CCCC(=O)OCCOCC(=O)CCCOCCOCCC(C)C.CC(C)CCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)COC1=CN(C(C)C)N=N1 Chemical compound CC(C)CCCC(=O)OCCOCC(=O)CCCOCCOCCC(C)C.CC(C)CCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)COC1=CN(C(C)C)N=N1 UCYAJKALQHIHOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VCHNLXLYRAQDJW-PJZUJQRNSA-N CC(C)CCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC(Cl)=C3C=CSC3=N2)C=C1.CC(C)CCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC3=C(C=CC=C3)S2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)CCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC(Cl)=C3C=CSC3=N2)C=C1.CC(C)CCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC3=C(C=CC=C3)S2)C=C1 VCHNLXLYRAQDJW-PJZUJQRNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDDZRJVUMCHNKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)CCNC(OCCOCC(NCCOCCOCCSC)=O)=O Chemical compound CC(C)CCNC(OCCOCC(NCCOCCOCCSC)=O)=O LDDZRJVUMCHNKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ABFWQWYFISNSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)CCNC(OCCOCCNC(COc1c[n](C(C)C)nn1)=O)=O Chemical compound CC(C)CCNC(OCCOCCNC(COc1c[n](C(C)C)nn1)=O)=O ABFWQWYFISNSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKCQBSZMLGCADP-UHFFFAOYSA-M CC(C)OP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O Chemical compound CC(C)OP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O WKCQBSZMLGCADP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JLIBOBZMBOBUAK-FNORWQNLSA-N CC1=C(O)C=CC(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C(O)C=CC(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)=C1 JLIBOBZMBOBUAK-FNORWQNLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CXUBYHDKEICSHI-IKXJGISXSA-N CC1=C(O)C=CC(/C=C/C2=NC=NC=C2)=C1.CC1=C(O)C=CC(C=O)=C1.CC1=NC=NC=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C(O)C=CC(/C=C/C2=NC=NC=C2)=C1.CC1=C(O)C=CC(C=O)=C1.CC1=NC=NC=C1 CXUBYHDKEICSHI-IKXJGISXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZILBIJYRJLPYEW-IMTGSHNZSA-D CC1=C2C=CSC2=NC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=N1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CN(CCN1C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N1)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1.COC1=C(OCCN2C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N2)C=CC(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)=C1.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=NC=CC=C3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O Chemical compound CC1=C2C=CSC2=NC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=N1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CN(CCN1C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N1)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1.COC1=C(OCCN2C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N2)C=CC(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)=C1.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=NC=CC=C3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O ZILBIJYRJLPYEW-IMTGSHNZSA-D 0.000 description 1
- DQVUHDSSQIIRMV-WFAOIZDZSA-F CC1=C2C=CSC2=NC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=N1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.COC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=NC(C)=N1.COC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=NC(C)=N1.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN2C=CC3=C2C=CC(/C=C/C2=NC=NC(O)=C2)=C3)N=N1)OC=O Chemical compound CC1=C2C=CSC2=NC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=N1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.COC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=NC(C)=N1.COC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=NC(C)=N1.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN2C=CC3=C2C=CC(/C=C/C2=NC=NC(O)=C2)=C3)N=N1)OC=O DQVUHDSSQIIRMV-WFAOIZDZSA-F 0.000 description 1
- DZWJIGLBYMWDDQ-PDXDYTPFSA-L CC1=C2C=CSC2=NC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=N1.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=NC4=C(C=CC=C4)S3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O Chemical compound CC1=C2C=CSC2=NC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=N1.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=NC4=C(C=CC=C4)S3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O DZWJIGLBYMWDDQ-PDXDYTPFSA-L 0.000 description 1
- YZCCBWOIZQUBPJ-WVLIHFOGSA-M CC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC3=C(C=C2)N(CCN2C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N2)C=C3)=NC=N1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC3=C(C=C2)N(CCN2C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N2)C=C3)=NC=N1 YZCCBWOIZQUBPJ-WVLIHFOGSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DUTNGBIRJAVXLF-KHVHPYDTSA-N CC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(O)C=C2)=CC=C1/C=C/C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(O)C=C2)=CC=C1/C=C/C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 DUTNGBIRJAVXLF-KHVHPYDTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IYEJUEYBNIKRTM-GQCTYLIASA-N CC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C3C(=C2)C=CN3CCC(C)C)=NC=N1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C3C(=C2)C=CN3CCC(C)C)=NC=N1 IYEJUEYBNIKRTM-GQCTYLIASA-N 0.000 description 1
- VWQKHRUQZAAMMM-DUXPYHPUSA-N CC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C3C(=C2)C=CN3CCO)=NC=N1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C3C(=C2)C=CN3CCO)=NC=N1 VWQKHRUQZAAMMM-DUXPYHPUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NRQBEYDCYFXABK-BAQLVTOQSA-D CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CN(CCN1C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N1)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1.COC1=C(OCCN2C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N2)C=CC(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)=C1.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=NC4=C(C=CC=C4)S3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=NC=CC=C3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O Chemical compound CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CN(CCN1C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N1)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1.COC1=C(OCCN2C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N2)C=CC(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)=C1.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=NC4=C(C=CC=C4)S3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=NC=CC=C3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O NRQBEYDCYFXABK-BAQLVTOQSA-D 0.000 description 1
- UEQPLKHXBDAVAJ-ZZMZZSGSSA-E CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CN(CCN1C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N1)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1.COC1=C(OCCN2C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N2)C=CC(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)=C1.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=NC4=C(C=CC=C4)S3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=NC=CC=C3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O Chemical compound CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CN(CCN1C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N1)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1.COC1=C(OCCN2C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N2)C=CC(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)=C1.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=NC4=C(C=CC=C4)S3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=NC=CC=C3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O UEQPLKHXBDAVAJ-ZZMZZSGSSA-E 0.000 description 1
- AGHZUCFUAFYQOP-RHBQKOKHSA-G CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CN(CCN1C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N1)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=NC=CC=C3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O Chemical compound CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CN(CCN1C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N1)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=NC=CC=C3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O AGHZUCFUAFYQOP-RHBQKOKHSA-G 0.000 description 1
- NUCHATRMQLXHRV-MFXGAKGASA-J CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CC(O)COCCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=CN=C(O)C=C3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O Chemical compound CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCOCC(CO)N3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCOCC(O)CO)CCOCC(O)CN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)C=C1.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CC(O)COCCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=CN=C(O)C=C3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O NUCHATRMQLXHRV-MFXGAKGASA-J 0.000 description 1
- FAMNEYPLJJBUGX-OPIVVEOKSA-N CC1=NC=NC=C1.CN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=NC=C2)C=C1.CN(CCO)C1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=NC=NC=C1.CN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=NC=C2)C=C1.CN(CCO)C1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 FAMNEYPLJJBUGX-OPIVVEOKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ABCIHCRKPATRMC-HFPMQDOPSA-N CC1=NC=NC=C1.O=CC1=CC=C(N(CCO)CCO)C=C1.OCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=NC=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=NC=NC=C1.O=CC1=CC=C(N(CCO)CCO)C=C1.OCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=NC=C2)C=C1 ABCIHCRKPATRMC-HFPMQDOPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KNHWTRHJJMYBBG-GLFOYAKESA-J CN(CCN1C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N1)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1.COC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=NC(C)=N1.COC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=NC(C)=N1.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=NC=CC=C3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O Chemical compound CN(CCN1C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N1)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)C=C1.COC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=NC(C)=N1.COC1=CC(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(CCO)CCN3C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N3)C=C2)=NC(C)=N1.O=COCC(COP(=O)(O[Na])OCCCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)OCC1=CN(CCN(CCO)C2=CC=C(/C=C/C3=NC=CC=C3)C=C2)N=N1)OC=O KNHWTRHJJMYBBG-GLFOYAKESA-J 0.000 description 1
- SLUOJQYATXJWJG-LBEJWNQZSA-M COC1=C(OCCN2C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N2)C=CC(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)=C1 Chemical compound COC1=C(OCCN2C=C(COC(=O)CCCOCCOC(=O)CCCOP(=O)(O[Na])OCC(COC=O)OC=O)N=N2)C=CC(/C=C/C2=NC=CC=C2)=C1 SLUOJQYATXJWJG-LBEJWNQZSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[CH]O Chemical group C[CH]O GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical group NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000028698 Cognitive impairment Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010012289 Dementia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283074 Equus asinus Species 0.000 description 1
- KMTRUDSVKNLOMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene carbonate Chemical compound O=C1OCCO1 KMTRUDSVKNLOMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTKINSOISVBQLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycidol Chemical compound OCC1CO1 CTKINSOISVBQLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000016988 Hemorrhagic Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000026139 Memory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910003827 NRaRb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NVIRMWQLZRYLHD-PRCVBUHNSA-N OCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC(Cl)=C3C=CSC3=N2)C=C1.OCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC3=C(C=CC=C3)S2)C=C1 Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC(Cl)=C3C=CSC3=N2)C=C1.OCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC3=C(C=CC=C3)S2)C=C1 NVIRMWQLZRYLHD-PRCVBUHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XYZHYKHLQQNENO-FIHNCOCPSA-N OCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=NC=C2)C=C1.[N-]=[N+]=NCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=NC=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=NC=C2)C=C1.[N-]=[N+]=NCCN(CCO)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=NC=NC=C2)C=C1 XYZHYKHLQQNENO-FIHNCOCPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZZLHHDYPPSSHDF-ZZXKWVIFSA-N OCCN(CCO)c1ccc(/C=C/c2nc([s]cc3)c3c(Cl)n2)cc1 Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)c1ccc(/C=C/c2nc([s]cc3)c3c(Cl)n2)cc1 ZZLHHDYPPSSHDF-ZZXKWVIFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JBZAGADZVSHCKE-JXMROGBWSA-N OCCN(CCO)c1ccc(/C=C/c2nc(cccc3)c3[s]2)cc1 Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)c1ccc(/C=C/c2nc(cccc3)c3[s]2)cc1 JBZAGADZVSHCKE-JXMROGBWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229930182558 Sterol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COQLPRJCUIATTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uranyl acetate Chemical compound O.O.O=[U]=O.CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O COQLPRJCUIATTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BZHJMEDXRYGGRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl chloride Chemical group ClC=C BZHJMEDXRYGGRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MXZROTBGJUUXID-UHFFFAOYSA-I [Gd+3].[O-]C(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC(=O)[O-])CCN(CC([O-])=O)C(C([O-])=O)COCC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [Gd+3].[O-]C(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC(=O)[O-])CCN(CC([O-])=O)C(C([O-])=O)COCC1=CC=CC=C1 MXZROTBGJUUXID-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009056 active transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005262 alkoxyamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000278 alkyl amino alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004947 alkyl aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N alprazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NN=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001409 amidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000006933 amyloid-beta aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003484 anatomy Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000001448 anilines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002178 anthracenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002102 aryl alkyloxo group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002393 azetidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004069 aziridinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003828 azulenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzarone Chemical compound CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004622 benzoxazinyl group Chemical group O1NC(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000440 benzylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- JSMRMEYFZHIPJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N bicyclo[2.1.1]hexane Chemical compound C1C2CC1CC2 JSMRMEYFZHIPJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L caesium carbonate Chemical compound [Cs+].[Cs+].[O-]C([O-])=O FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000024 caesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000013877 carbamide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004181 carboxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002603 chloroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])Cl 0.000 description 1
- 210000002987 choroid plexus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- XBWRJSSJWDOUSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L chromium(ii) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Cr]Cl XBWRJSSJWDOUSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000000259 cinnolinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000007278 cognition impairment Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000010877 cognitive disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012875 competitive assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001010 compromised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002591 computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- IQFVPQOLBLOTPF-HKXUKFGYSA-L congo red Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C1=CC=CC2=C(N)C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(C=C3)C3=CC=C(C=C3)/N=N/C3=C(C4=CC=CC=C4C(=C3)S([O-])(=O)=O)N)=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C21 IQFVPQOLBLOTPF-HKXUKFGYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001913 cyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000000 cycloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004367 cycloalkylaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004855 decalinyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2CCCCC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003795 desorption Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001687 destabilization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000368 destabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004985 dialkyl amino alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005433 dihydrobenzodioxinyl group Chemical group O1C(COC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000723 dihydrobenzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001070 dihydroindolyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004925 dihydropyridyl group Chemical group N1(CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxy(oxo)silane Chemical compound O[Si](O)=O IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N disiloxane Chemical compound [SiH3]O[SiH3] KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005883 dithianyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960003722 doxycycline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XQTWDDCIUJNLTR-CVHRZJFOSA-N doxycycline monohydrate Chemical compound O.O=C1C2=C(O)C=CC=C2[C@H](C)[C@@H]2C1=C(O)[C@]1(O)C(=O)C(C(N)=O)=C(O)[C@@H](N(C)C)[C@@H]1[C@H]2O XQTWDDCIUJNLTR-CVHRZJFOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013535 dynamic contrast enhanced MRI Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002296 dynamic light scattering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002081 enamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003983 fluorenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000007306 functionalization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002357 guanidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000026030 halogenation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005658 halogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003128 head Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002192 heptalenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005549 heteroarylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004415 heterocyclylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005844 heterocyclyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010562 histological examination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007489 histopathology method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940042795 hydrazides for tuberculosis treatment Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002429 hydrazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007857 hydrazones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002433 hydrophilic molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002443 hydroxylamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005945 imidazopyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003949 imides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002055 immunohistochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011503 in vivo imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003454 indenyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003387 indolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003406 indolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000020658 intracerebral hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002075 inversion recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002540 isothiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006984 memory degeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000023060 memory loss Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003328 mesylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-VMNATFBRSA-N methanol-d1 Chemical compound [2H]OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-VMNATFBRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- HKUFIYBZNQSHQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-octadecyloctadecan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCNCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC HKUFIYBZNQSHQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229940031182 nanoparticles iron oxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004593 naphthyridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 210000001577 neostriatum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000626 neurodegenerative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002981 neuropathic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000962 organic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IVMHDOBGNQOUHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxathiane Chemical compound C1CCSOC1 IVMHDOBGNQOUHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002924 oxiranes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000005298 paramagnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001792 phenanthrenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- DHRLEVQXOMLTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoric acid;trioxomolybdenum Chemical compound O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.OP(O)(O)=O DHRLEVQXOMLTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical group C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005936 piperidyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- RAMTXCRMKBFPRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-ynyl carbonochloridate Chemical compound ClC(=O)OCC#C RAMTXCRMKBFPRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001042 pteridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=NC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004309 pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002755 pyrazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001422 pyrrolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006085 pyrrolopyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000006268 reductive amination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012465 retentate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052702 rhenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011808 rodent model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003333 secondary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RYMZZMVNJRMUDD-HGQWONQESA-N simvastatin Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@@H](C)C=CC2=C[C@H](C)C[C@@H]([C@H]12)OC(=O)C(C)(C)CC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](O)CC(=O)O1 RYMZZMVNJRMUDD-HGQWONQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010378 sodium ascorbate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005055 sodium ascorbate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RKJRWTFHSA-M sodium ascorbate Substances [Na+].OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1[O-] PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RKJRWTFHSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RXSVEWSESA-M sodium-L-ascorbate Chemical compound [Na+].OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1[O-] PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RXSVEWSESA-M 0.000 description 1
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003432 sterols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000003702 sterols Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005944 tetrahydroimidazopyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005888 tetrahydroindolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001712 tetrahydronaphthyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003507 tetrahydrothiofenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004632 tetrahydrothiopyranyl group Chemical group S1C(CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000542 thalamic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001103 thalamus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001984 thiazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002769 thiazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004001 thioalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003567 thiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004568 thiomorpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003944 tolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005490 tosylate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007070 tosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- DKZBBWMURDFHNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-coniferylaldehyde Natural products COC1=CC(C=CC=O)=CC=C1O DKZBBWMURDFHNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006163 transport media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004306 triazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M triflate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003656 tris buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003672 ureas Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003673 urethanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- PIAOXUVIBAKVSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N γ-hydroxybutyraldehyde Chemical compound OCCCC=O PIAOXUVIBAKVSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
- A61K49/06—Nuclear magnetic resonance [NMR] contrast preparations; Magnetic resonance imaging [MRI] contrast preparations
- A61K49/18—Nuclear magnetic resonance [NMR] contrast preparations; Magnetic resonance imaging [MRI] contrast preparations characterised by a special physical form, e.g. emulsions, microcapsules, liposomes
- A61K49/1806—Suspensions, emulsions, colloids, dispersions
- A61K49/1812—Suspensions, emulsions, colloids, dispersions liposomes, polymersomes, e.g. immunoliposomes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
- A61K49/001—Preparation for luminescence or biological staining
- A61K49/0013—Luminescence
- A61K49/0017—Fluorescence in vivo
- A61K49/0019—Fluorescence in vivo characterised by the fluorescent group, e.g. oligomeric, polymeric or dendritic molecules
- A61K49/0021—Fluorescence in vivo characterised by the fluorescent group, e.g. oligomeric, polymeric or dendritic molecules the fluorescent group being a small organic molecule
- A61K49/0032—Methine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes
- A61K49/0034—Indocyanine green, i.e. ICG, cardiogreen
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
- A61K49/001—Preparation for luminescence or biological staining
- A61K49/0063—Preparation for luminescence or biological staining characterised by a special physical or galenical form, e.g. emulsions, microspheres
- A61K49/0069—Preparation for luminescence or biological staining characterised by a special physical or galenical form, e.g. emulsions, microspheres the agent being in a particular physical galenical form
- A61K49/0076—Preparation for luminescence or biological staining characterised by a special physical or galenical form, e.g. emulsions, microspheres the agent being in a particular physical galenical form dispersion, suspension, e.g. particles in a liquid, colloid, emulsion
- A61K49/0084—Preparation for luminescence or biological staining characterised by a special physical or galenical form, e.g. emulsions, microspheres the agent being in a particular physical galenical form dispersion, suspension, e.g. particles in a liquid, colloid, emulsion liposome, i.e. bilayered vesicular structure
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
- A61K49/06—Nuclear magnetic resonance [NMR] contrast preparations; Magnetic resonance imaging [MRI] contrast preparations
- A61K49/08—Nuclear magnetic resonance [NMR] contrast preparations; Magnetic resonance imaging [MRI] contrast preparations characterised by the carrier
- A61K49/10—Organic compounds
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
- A61K49/06—Nuclear magnetic resonance [NMR] contrast preparations; Magnetic resonance imaging [MRI] contrast preparations
- A61K49/08—Nuclear magnetic resonance [NMR] contrast preparations; Magnetic resonance imaging [MRI] contrast preparations characterised by the carrier
- A61K49/10—Organic compounds
- A61K49/12—Macromolecular compounds
- A61K49/126—Linear polymers, e.g. dextran, inulin, PEG
Definitions
- AD Alzheimer's disease
- AD is a neurodegenerative illness characterized by memory loss and other cognitive deficits.
- AD is the most common form of dementia and affects one in every eight people over the age of 65 and one in every two over the age of 85.
- AD is the sixth leading cause of death in the United States.
- Over 5.5 million Americans suffer from AD, with an estimated annual cost of $200 billion USD.
- By 2050 it is projected that AD will affect over 20 million Americans at an annual price tag of $1.1 Trillion USD (in 2011 dollars).
- USD $600 billion
- AD Alzheimer's disease
- a ⁇ extracellular amyloid- ⁇
- intracellular neurofibrillary tangles manifest long before clinical symptoms are discernable.
- a ⁇ deposits also represent a major risk factor for hemorrhagic stroke.
- PET imaging agents Two positron emission tomography (PET) imaging agents that bind specifically to amyloid plaques have recently been approved by the FDA, and can be used for the detection of amyloid plaques.
- PET imaging also requires the use of radio-isotopes, and carries the risk of significant radiation; an amyloid scan is estimated to expose the patient to about 7 mSv of radiation dose, roughly equivalent to several CT scans, as a typical head CT may be about 2 mSv.
- Availability of radioactive PET agents also remains a challenge, due to their short half-life.
- a non-radioactive amyloid imaging agent would be of significant interest, addressing both the distribution challenges and the radiation dose concerns with current PET imaging agents, and in combination with a tau imaging agent, possibly constituting a diagnostic for AD.
- liposomes targeted to amyloid plaque by the thioflavine analog Methoxy-XO4 penetrated the blood-brain barrier (BBB), and successfully bound the majority of amyloid plaques in the APP/PSEN1 mouse model of AD.
- Existing amyloid binding ligands, including methoxy-XO4 are, however, hydrophobic. In liposomal formulations, they interfere with the lipid bilayer. When loaded with Gd chelates for MRI T1 contrast, methoxy-XO4 targeted liposomes were unstable to the osmotic gradient created by the high Gd chelate internal concentration, and were destabilized.
- the present application appreciates that detecting amyloid deposits may be a challenging endeavor.
- a liposomal composition may include a membrane.
- the membrane may include a phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by Structural Formula I:
- X may be —R 2 —O— or —R 2 —N(R 3 )—.
- R 1 may be C 2 -C 6 alkyl or alkenyl.
- R 2 may be a linking group including 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- R 2 may include one of: alkylene or alkoxyalkylene.
- R 3 may be hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or C 1 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl.
- Ar may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Ar may include at least one aromatic or heteroaromatic ring.
- Het may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Het may include at least one heteroaromatic ring.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Formula I may further be substituted.
- R 2 may be substituted with zero, one or more of: hydroxyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl.
- Ar, Het, R 1 , and R 3 other than hydrogen may be independently substituted with zero, one or more of: halogen; —OH; alkyl, —O-alkyl, aryl, —O-aryl or —(O-alkylene) 1-6 optionally substituted with —OH or halogen; —NH 2 ; —NH-alkyl; —N-dialkyl; carboxyl; sulfonyl; carbamoyl; and glycosyl.
- a method for imaging amyloid deposits in a subject may include introducing into the subject a detectable quantity of a liposomal composition.
- the method may include allowing sufficient time for the liposomal composition to be associated with one or more amyloid deposits.
- the method may include detecting the liposomal composition associated with the one or more amyloid deposits.
- the liposomal composition of the method may include a membrane.
- a nonradioactive magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) contrast enhancing agent may be at least one of encapsulated by or bound to the membrane.
- the membrane may include a phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate. The aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by Structural Formula I:
- Het may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Het may include at least one heteroaromatic ring.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Formula I may further be substituted.
- R 2 may be substituted with zero, one or more of: hydroxyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl.
- Ar Het.
- a phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate is provided.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by Structural Formula I:
- X may be —R 2 —O— or —R 2 —N(R 3 )—.
- R 1 may be C 2 -C 6 alkyl or alkenyl.
- R 2 may be a linking group including 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- R 2 may include one of: alkylene or alkoxyalkylene.
- R 3 may be hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or C 1 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl.
- Ar may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Ar may include at least one aromatic or heteroaromatic ring.
- Het may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Het may include at least one heteroaromatic ring.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Formula I may further be substituted.
- R 2 may be substituted with zero, one or more of: hydroxyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl.
- Ar, Het, R 1 , and R 3 other than hydrogen may be independently substituted with zero, one or more of: halogen; —OH; alkyl, —O-alkyl, aryl, —O-aryl or —(O-alkylene) 1-6 optionally substituted with —OH or halogen; —NH 2 ; —NH-alkyl; —N-dialkyl; carboxyl; sulfonyl; carbamoyl; and glycosyl.
- R 1 may be C 2 -C 6 alkyl or alkenyl.
- R 5 may be hydrogen, hydroxyl, H—R 2 —, HO—R 2 —, H—R 2 —N(R 3 )—, or HO—R 2 —N(R 3 )—.
- R 2 may be a linking group including 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- R 2 may include one of: alkylene, or alkoxyalkylene.
- R 3 may be hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or C 1 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl.
- Ar may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Ar may include at least one aromatic or heteroaromatic ring.
- Het may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Het may include at least one heteroaromatic ring.
- the compound represented by Structural Formula II may further be substituted.
- R 2 may be substituted with zero, one or more of: hydroxyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl.
- Ar, Het, R 1 , and R 3 other than hydrogen may be independently substituted with zero, one or more of: halogen; —OH; alkyl, —O-alkyl, aryl, —O-aryl or —(O-alkylene) 1-6 optionally substituted with —OH or halogen; —NH 2 ; —NH-alkyl; —N-dialkyl; carboxyl; sulfonyl; carbamoyl; and glycosyl.
- a kit for imaging amyloid deposits in a subject may include instructions and a liposomal composition.
- the instructions may direct a user to introduce into the subject a detectable quantity of the liposomal composition.
- the instructions may direct the user to allow sufficient time for the liposomal composition to be associated with one or more amyloid deposits.
- the instructions may direct the user to detect the liposomal composition associated with the one or more amyloid deposits.
- the liposomal composition of the kit may include a membrane.
- a nonradioactive magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) contrast enhancing agent may be at least one of encapsulated by or bound to the membrane.
- the membrane may include a phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate. The aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by Structural Formula I:
- X may be —R 2 —O— or —R 2 —N(R 3 )—.
- R 1 may be C 2 -C 6 alkyl or alkenyl.
- R 2 may be a linking group including 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- R 2 may include one of: alkylene or alkoxyalkylene.
- R 3 may be hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or C 1 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl.
- Ar may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Ar may include at least one aromatic or heteroaromatic ring.
- Het may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Het may include at least one heteroaromatic ring.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Formula I may further be substituted.
- R 2 may be substituted with zero, one or more of: hydroxyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl.
- Ar, Het, R 1 , and R 3 other than hydrogen may be independently substituted with zero, one or more of: halogen; —OH; alkyl, —O-alkyl, aryl, —O-aryl or —(O-alkylene) 1-6 optionally substituted with —OH or halogen; —NH 2 ; —NH-alkyl; —N-dialkyl; carboxyl; sulfonyl; carbamoyl; and glycosyl.
- FIG. 1A is a table showing C Log P values and structures for various compounds.
- FIG. 1B is a table showing C Log P values and structures for various compounds.
- FIG. 1C is a table showing C Log P values and structures for various compounds.
- FIG. 2 is a binding profile showing the binding of Compound ii to fibrils, plotted as relative fluorescence unit (RFU) versus concentration in ⁇ M.
- FIG. 3 is a binding profile showing the binding of Compound iii to fibrils, plotted as relative fluorescence unit (RFU) versus concentration in ⁇ M.
- FIG. 4 is a binding profile showing the binding of MeXO4 (a previous compound) to fibrils, plotted as relative fluorescence unit (RFU) versus concentration in ⁇ M.
- FIG. 5A is a graph showing that Compounds ii and iii bind to amyloid fibrils plotted as relative fluorescence unit (RFU) versus concentration in ⁇ M.
- REU relative fluorescence unit
- FIG. 5B is a competitive binding profile showing the binding of Compounds ii and iii, each bound stably to fibrils in suspension in competition with Chrysamine-G, plotted as % bound versus concentration of Chrysamine-G in ⁇ M.
- FIG. 5C is a fluorescent microscopy image showing that Compound iii specifically stains amyloid plaques in a section of human brain tissue from the frontal cortex of an AD autopsy case.
- FIG. 5D is a fluorescent microscopy image showing that Compound iii labels cerebral amyloid angiopathy in aged dog brain tissue.
- FIG. 6 is a competitive binding profile showing the binding of previous compound MeXO4 and liposomal MeXO4, each to fibrils in competition with Chrysamine-G, plotted as % bound versus concentration of Chrysamine-G in ⁇ M.
- FIG. 7A is a graph of compound-labeled liposome binding profiles, showing the amount of the conjugate of DSPE-PEG-Compound iii bound to 20 ⁇ M fibrils, plotted versus the concentration of DSPE-PEG-Compound ii in the liposome compositions.
- FIG. 8 is a table showing the mean diameters and polydispersity indices of liposomes prepared with the MeXO4 targeting ligand, Compound iii, and PEGylated liposomes with no ligand.
- FIG. 9A shows negative stain TEM images of liposomes bearing DSPE-PEG-XO4 in the bilayer.
- FIG. 9B shows negative stain TEM images of liposomes bearing untargeted liposomes (identical bilayer structure, with no MeXO4).
- FIG. 10A is a bar graph showing the example liposomes high Gd molar relaxivity at low field strength compared to a free Gd chelate.
- FIG. 10B is a graph showing the resulting particles have extremely high relaxivity on a per-particle basis.
- FIGS. 11A-F are images showing various exemplary amyloid imaging results in mouse models.
- FIG. 11A depicts results for a TetO/APPswe-ind mouse, 15 months old.
- FIG. 11B depicts results for a pre-injection scan of the mouse of FIG. 11A .
- FIG. 11D depicts results for a pre-injection scan of the mouse of FIG. 11C .
- FIG. 11E depicts results for a Tg2576 mouse injected with untargeted (non amyloid-binding) particles.
- FIG. 12 is a table showing amyloid pathology score by immunohistochemistry using the 4G8 antibody, imaging agent used (Compound iii targeted or control untargeted) and individual measures of nanoparticle presence in mouse brain.
- FIGS. 13A-13Z represent 13 pairs of MRI images representative of the data summarized in FIG. 12 .
- FIGS. 13A and 13B are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain TetO/APP 5756, genotype APP+, and Compound iii-targeted particles.
- FIGS. 13E and 13F are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain TetO/APP 5785, genotype APP+, and Compound iii-targeted particles.
- FIGS. 13G and 13H are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain TetO/APP 5633, genotype APP+, and Compound iii-targeted particles.
- FIGS. 13I and 13J are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain TetO/APP 6949, genotype APP+, and Compound iii-targeted particles.
- FIGS. 13M and 13N are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain TetO/APP XXXX, genotype APP ⁇ , and Compound iii-targeted particles.
- FIGS. 13O and 13P are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain Tg2576 (Control 1), genotype APP ⁇ , and Compound iii-targeted particles.
- FIGS. 13Q and 13R are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain Tg2576 (Control 2), genotype APP ⁇ , and Compound iii-targeted particles.
- FIGS. 13S and 13T are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain Tg2576 TG, genotype APP+, and Compound iii-targeted particles.
- FIGS. 13U and 13V are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain Tg2576 TG2, genotype APP+, and Compound iii-targeted particles.
- FIGS. 13W and 13X are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain Tg2576 TG3, genotype APP+, and untargeted particles.
- FIGS. 13Y and 13Z are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain Tg2576 TG4, genotype APP+, and untargeted particles.
- FIGS. 14A -H 4 show results from near infrared imaging of mouse brains post mortem.
- FIG. 14A shows confocal imaging of brain sections from Tg2576 mice with enhanced ICG signal in the cortex and hippocampus of the transgenic mice, demonstrating greater localization in the APP+ brain when compared to the non-transgenic controls (see FIG. 14B ).
- FIG. 14B shows confocal imaging of brain sections from non-transgenic controls under the same treatment and measurement conditions as FIG. 14A .
- FIG. 14C is an image showing that the whole brains of TetO/APP+ mice demonstrated greater near infrared fluorescence than their APP ⁇ sibling controls (see FIG. 14D ).
- FIG. 14D are images showing that the whole brains of TetO/APP+ mice showed greater near infrared fluorescence than their APP ⁇ siblings (see FIG. 14C ).
- FIG. 14E is a high magnification version of FIG. 14A showing the characteristic punctate structure of amyloid deposits.
- FIG. 14F is a high magnification version of FIG. 14B .
- FIG. 14 G 1 -G 4 are fluorescence colocalization images for a cluster of 3 plaques.
- FIG. 14 G 1 (green) shows a fluorescently labeled 4G8 antibody bound to the cluster of 3 amyloid plaques.
- FIG. 14 G 2 shows ICG bound to the cluster of 3 amyloid plaques.
- FIG. 14 G 3 (blue) shows Compound iii bound to the cluster of 3 amyloid plaques.
- FIG. 14 G 4 shows a combination of FIGS. 14 G 1 , 14 G 2 , and 14 G 3 .
- FIG. 14 H 1 -H 4 are fluorescence colocalization images for a single plaque.
- FIG. 14 H 1 shows a fluorescently labeled 4G8 antibody bound to the single plaque.
- FIG. 14 H 2 shows ICG bound to the single plaque.
- FIG. 14 H 3 (blue) shows Compound iii bound to the single plaque.
- FIG. 14 H 4 shows a combination of FIGS. 14 G 1 , 14 G 2 , and 14 G 3 .
- a liposomal composition may include a membrane.
- the membrane may include a phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by Structural Formula I:
- X may be —R 2 —O— or —R 2 —N(R 3 )—.
- R 1 may be C 2 -C 6 alkyl or alkenyl.
- R 2 may be a linking group including 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- R 2 may include one of: alkylene or alkoxyalkylene.
- R 3 may be hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or C 1 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl.
- Ar may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Ar may include at least one aromatic or heteroaromatic ring.
- Het may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Het may include at least one heteroaromatic ring.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Formula I may further be substituted.
- R 2 may be substituted with zero, one or more of: hydroxyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl.
- Ar, Het, R 1 , and R 3 other than hydrogen may be independently substituted with zero, one or more of: halogen; —OH; alkyl, —O-alkyl, aryl, —O-aryl or —(O-alkylene) 1-6 optionally substituted with —OH or halogen; —NH 2 ; —NH-alkyl; —N-dialkyl; carboxyl; sulfonyl; carbamoyl; and glycosyl.
- a phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate is provided.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by Structural Formula I:
- variables e.g., X, Ar, R 1 , Het, and the like may represent the same moieties as in Structural Formula I of the liposome composition or Structural Formula II of the compound as described herein.
- variables e.g., Ar, R 1 , Het, R 5 and the like may represent the same moieties as in Structural Formula I of the liposome composition or Structural Formula I of the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate as described herein.
- R 5 may be hydrogen, hydroxyl, H—R 2 —, HO—R 2 —, H—R 2 —N(R 3 )—, or HO—R 2 —N(R 3 )—. In some embodiments, R 5 may be hydroxyl. H—R 2 —, HO—R 2 —, H—R 2 —N(R 3 )—, or HO—R 2 —N(R 3 )—. R 5 may be H—R 2 —, HO—R 2 —, H—R 2 —N(R 3 )—, or HO—R 2 —N(R 3 )—.
- R 5 may be H—R 2 — or H—R 2 —N(R 3 )—.
- R 5 may be HO—R 2 — or HO—R 2 —N(R 3 )—.
- R 5 may be H—R 2 — or HO—R 2 —.
- R 1 may be C 2 alkyl or alkenyl.
- R 1 may be C 2 -C 6 alkenyl.
- R 1 may be C 2 -C 6 alkenyl in a trans or cis configuration, for example, trans.
- R 1 may be trans 1,2-ethenyl.
- one, two, three, or four ring atoms of the heteroaromatic rings included by Ar and Het each independently may be one of: N, O, or S.
- two ring atoms of the heteroaromatic ring represented by Het each may be one of: N, O, or S.
- Het and/or Ar may each include at least one heteroaromatic ring selected from the group consisting of: pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, thiazole, oxazole, diazole, thiadiazole, oxadiazole, and triazole.
- Het and/or Ar may each include, for example, one of: phenyl, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, thiazole, oxazole, diazole, thiadiazole, oxadiazole, triazole, benzofuran, indole, benzothiophene, thienopyrimidine, benzooxazole, benzothiazole, benzooxadiazole, or benzothiadiazole.
- Het may include one of: pyridine, pyrimidine, thienopyrimidine, or benzothiazole.
- Ar may include one of phenyl or indole.
- Ar and Het may be independently substituted with zero, one or more of: F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, aryl, —OH, —O-alkyl. —O-aryl, —NH 2 , —NH-alkyl, —N-dialkyl, carboxyl, sulfonyl, carbamoyl, and glycosyl.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by —O—Ar—R 1 -Het.
- the compound may be represented by H—O—Ar—R 1 -Het.
- Het and/or Ar may be substituted by —O— alkyl.
- Het and/or Ar may be substituted by methoxy.
- Het may be monocyclic.
- One or two ring atoms of the heteroaromatic ring included by Het may be N.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- R 5 may be H, hydroxyl, H—R 2 —, HO—R 2 —, H—R 2 —N(R 3 )—, or HO—R 2 —N(R 3 )—.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- R 5 may be H, hydroxyl, H—R 2 —, HO—R 2 —, H—R 2 —N(R 3 )—, or HO—R 2 —N(R 3 )—.
- R 5 may be hydroxyl.
- the compound may be:
- the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- variable n may be any integer from about 10 to about 100, for example, about 60 to about 100, about 70 to about 90, about 75 to about 85, about 77, and the like.
- the variable m may be one of: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18.
- n may be 77 and m may be 14.
- n may be 77 and m may be 16.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by —R 2 —N(R 3 )—Ar—R 1 -Het.
- Ar may be unsubstituted.
- Ar may be monocyclic.
- Ar may include a carbocyclic aromatic ring, for example, Ar may be a phenyl ring.
- Ar may be indole.
- Ar may be unsubstituted 1,4-phenylene or unsubstituted 1,5-indolyl.
- Het may be monocyclic.
- One or two ring atoms of the heteroaromatic ring included by Het may be N.
- R 2 may be substituted with zero, one or more —OH.
- R 3 may be C 1 -C 6 alkyl substituted with zero, one or more of: —OH and alkyl optionally substituted with one or more —OH.
- R 3 may be C 1 -C 3 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl.
- Pyrimidine P may be substituted with zero, one, or more of —OH, —O-alkyl, and —NH 2 .
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- R 5 ′ may be hydrogen or hydroxyl.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by one of:
- R 5 ′ may be hydrogen or hydroxyl.
- the compound may be one of:
- the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by one of:
- variable n may be any integer from about 10 to about 100, for example, about 60 to about 100, about 70 to about 90, about 75 to about 85, or about 77.
- the variable m may be one of: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18.
- n may be 77 and m may be 14.
- n may be 77 and m may be 16.
- Het may include a bicyclic heteroaromatic group.
- one, two, three, or four ring atoms of the bicyclic heteroaromatic group included by Het each may be one of: N, O, or S.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- R 5 ′ may be hydrogen or hydroxyl.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- R 5 ′ may be hydrogen or hydroxyl.
- the compound may be represented by:
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- R 5 ′ may be hydrogen or hydroxyl.
- R 4 may be H.
- R 4 may be alkyl optionally substituted with —OH.
- —OR 4 may be —(O-alkylene) 1-6 optionally substituted with —OH.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by one of:
- R 5 ′ may be hydrogen or hydroxyl.
- the compound may be represented by one of:
- the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by one of:
- variable n may be any integer from about 10 to about 100, for example, about 60 to about 100, about 70 to about 90, about 75 to about 85, or about 77.
- the variable m may be one of: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18.
- n may be 77 and m may be 14.
- n may be 77 and m may be 16.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- R 4 may be H.
- R 4 may be alkyl optionally substituted with —OH.
- —OR 4 may be —(O-alkylene) 1-6 optionally substituted with —OH.
- the compound of Structural Formula II may be represented by:
- R 5 ′ may be hydrogen or hydroxyl.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- n may be an integer from about 60 to about 100; and m may be one of: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18.
- the compounds may include any one of Compounds i-xiii.
- the phospholipid moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by the following structural formula:
- the variable m may be one of: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18.
- m may be 14 or 16.
- the phospholipid moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be one of: 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DPPC), 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (DSPE), 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DSPC), or 1,2-Dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phospho ethanolamine (DPPE).
- DPPC 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine
- DSPE 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine
- DSPC 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine
- DPPE 1,2-Dipalmitoyl-sn-g
- Suitable polymer derivatized phospholipids may include those disclosed herein, and may further include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,785,568.
- the polymer moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may include a hydrophilic polymer. e.g., a poly(alkylene oxide).
- the hydrophilic poly(alkylene oxide) may include between about 10 and about 100 repeat units, and having, e.g., a molecular weight ranging from 500-10,000 Daltons.
- the hydrophilic poly(alkylene oxide) may include, for example, poly(ethylene oxide), poly (propylene oxide) and the like.
- the polymer moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be conjugated to the phospholipid moiety via an amide or carbamate group.
- the polymer moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be conjugated to the aromatic moiety via an amide, carbamate, poly (alkylene oxide), triazole, combinations thereof, and the like.
- the polymer moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by one of the following structural formula:
- variable n may be any integer from about 10 to about 100, for example, about 60 to about 100, about 70 to about 90, about 75 to about 85, or about 77.
- the phospholipid-polymer moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by one of the following structural formula:
- variable n may be any integer from about 10 to about 100, for example, about 60 to about 100, about 70 to about 90, about 75 to about 85, or about 77.
- the variable m may be one of: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18.
- n may be 77 and m may be 14.
- n may be 77 and m may be 16.
- the liposomal composition may further include a nonradioactive magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) contrast enhancing agent that may be at least one of encapsulated by or bound to the membrane.
- MRI magnetic resonance imaging
- the nonradioactive magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) contrast enhancing agent may be both encapsulated by and bound to the membrane, e.g., to provide a dual contrast agent liposome.
- the liposomal composition may be characterized by a per-particle relaxivity in mM ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1 of at least about one or more of about: 100,000, 125,000, 150,000, 165,000, 180,000, 190,000, and 200,000.
- Detecting the liposomal formulation may include detecting using magnetic resonance imaging, for example, in a magnetic field range of between about 1 T to about 3.5 T, or about 1.5 to about 3 T.
- the nonradioactive MRI contrast enhancing agent may include gadolinium.
- the nonradioactive MRI contrast enhancing agent may include (diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid)-bis(stearylamide), gadolinium salt (Gd-DTPA-BSA).
- Gadolinium paramagnetic chelates such as GdDTPA, GdDOTA, GdHPDO3A, GdDTPA-BMA, and GdDTPA-BSA are known MR contrast agents. See U.S. Pat. No. 5,676,928 issued to Klaveness et al., which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
- the membrane may include one or more stabilizing excipients.
- the one or more stabilizing excipients may include a sterol, e.g., cholesterol, or a fatty acid.
- the membrane may include a first phospholipid.
- the membrane may include a second phospholipid.
- the second phospholipid may be derivatized with a hydrophilic polymer that may include, for example, a hydrophilic poly(alkylene oxide).
- the hydrophilic poly(alkylene oxide) may include between about 10 and about 100 repeat units.
- the hydrophilic poly(alkylene oxide) may include, for example, poly(ethylene oxide), poly (propylene oxide) and the like.
- the phospholipid moieties in each of the “first phospholipid,” the “second phospholipid,” and in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate are selected independently.
- the membrane of the liposome composition may include: DPPC; cholesterol; diethylenetriamine pentaacetic acid)-bis(stearylamide), gadolinium salt; and 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine-N-[methoxy (polyethylene glycol)-2000](“DSPE-mPEG-2000”; CAS No. 147867-65-0).
- the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by one of the following structural formula:
- variable n may be any integer from about 10 to about 100, for example, about 60 to about 100, about 70 to about 90, about 75 to about 85, or about 77.
- the variable m may be one of: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18.
- n may be 77 and m may be 14.
- n may be 77 and m may be 16.
- one or more alternative amyloid ligands in addition to the aromatic moieties and compounds described herein may include, for example, Congo red and its derivatives, Thioflavin T and its derivatives, and Chrysamine G and its derivatives.
- Such alternative amyloid ligands may be conjugated with a hydrophilic polymer, e.g., PEG (having, e.g., a molecular weight ranging from 500-10,000 Da) and the like, and a lipid, e.g., DPPC, DSPE, DSPC, DPPE, and the like, to form a lipid-hydrophilic polymer-amyloid ligand conjugate.
- the lipid-polymer-amyloid ligand conjugate may be incorporated into the liposomal composition described herein.
- a method for imaging amyloid deposits in a subject may include introducing into the subject a detectable quantity of a liposomal composition.
- the method may include allowing sufficient time for the liposomal composition to be associated with one or more amyloid deposits.
- the method may include detecting the liposomal composition associated with the one or more amyloid deposits.
- the liposomal composition of the method may include a membrane.
- a nonradioactive magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) contrast enhancing agent may be at least one of encapsulated by or bound to the membrane.
- the membrane may include a phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate. The aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by Structural Formula I:
- X may be —R 2 —O— or —R 2 —N(R 3 )—.
- R 1 may be C 2 -C 6 alkyl or alkenyl.
- R 2 may be a linking group including 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- R 2 may include one of: alkylene or alkoxyalkylene.
- R 3 may be hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or C 1 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl.
- Ar may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Ar may include at least one aromatic or heteroaromatic ring.
- Ar, Het, R 1 , and R 3 other than hydrogen may be independently substituted with zero, one or more of: halogen; —OH; alkyl, aryl, —O-aryl or —(O-alkylene) 1-6 , optionally substituted with —OH or halogen; —NH 2 ; —NH-alkyl; —N-dialkyl; carboxyl; sulfonyl; carbamoyl; and glycosyl.
- the liposomal composition and the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate used in the method may include any values described herein for the liposomal composition and the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate.
- the method may include diagnosing the patient with Alzheimer's disease according to detecting the liposomal composition associated with the one or more amyloid deposits.
- the method may include identifying the patient as potentially having Alzheimer's disease according to detecting the liposomal composition associated with the one or more amyloid deposits.
- the method may include subjecting the patient to an analysis for tau neurofibrillary tangles, for example, a PET analysis for tau neurofibrillary tangles.
- the method may include, upon determining the presence of tau neurofibrillary tangles in conjunction with detecting the liposomal composition associated with the one or more amyloid deposits, diagnosing the patent with Alzheimer's disease.
- the liposomal composition and the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate used in the method may include any values described herein for the liposomal composition and the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate.
- X may be —R 2 —O— or —R 2 —N(R 3 )—.
- R 1 may be C 2 -C 6 alkyl or alkenyl.
- R 2 may be a linking group including 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- R 2 may include one of: alkylene or alkoxyalkylene.
- R 3 may be hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or C 1 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl.
- Ar may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Ar may include at least one aromatic or heteroaromatic ring.
- Het may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Het may include at least one heteroaromatic ring.
- the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Formula I may further be substituted.
- R 2 may be substituted with zero, one or more of: hydroxyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl.
- Ar, Het, R 1 , and R 3 other than hydrogen may be independently substituted with zero, one or more of: halogen; —OH; alkyl, —O-alkyl, aryl, —O-aryl or —(O-alkylene) 1-6 optionally substituted with —OH or halogen; —NH 2 ; —NH-alkyl; —N-dialkyl; carboxyl; sulfonyl; carbamoyl; and glycosyl.
- the instructions may direct a user to identify the patient as potentially having Alzheimer's disease according to detecting the liposomal composition associated with the one or more amyloid deposits.
- the instructions may direct the user to subject the patient to an analysis for tau neurofibrillary tangles, for example, a PET analysis for tau neurofibrillary tangles.
- the instructions may direct the user to diagnose the patent with Alzheimer's disease upon determining the presence of tau neurofibrillary tangles in conjunction with detecting the liposomal composition associated with the one or more amyloid deposits.
- NMR peak multiplicities are denoted as follows: s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), q (quartet), bs (broad singlet), dd (doublet of doublet), tt (triplet of triplet), ddd (doublet of doublet of doublet), and m (multiplet). Coupling constants (J) are given in hertz (Hz).
- HRMS High resolution mass spectra
- HRMS were obtained from The Ohio State University Mass Spectrometry and Proteomics Facility, Columbus Ohio
- HRMS and matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (MALDI) spectra were also obtained from Mass Spectrometry Unit of the BioScience Research Collaborative at Rice University, Houston, Tex.
- TLC Thin layer chromatography
- silica gel 60 F254 plates EMD Chemical Inc., Gibbstown, N.J.
- components were visualized by ultraviolet light (254 nm) and/or phosphomolybdic acid, 20 wt % solution in ethanol.
- SiliFlash silica gel (230-400 mesh) was used for all column chromatography.
- Compound i was prepared by reacting 4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzaldehyde (466 mg, 3.06 mmol) with 4-methylpyrimidine (140 ⁇ L, 1.53 mmol) and potassium tert-butoxide (687 mg, 6.12 mmol) in N,N-dimethyl formamide (24 mL). The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and Compound i was isolated by silica gel chromatography using an ethyl acetate/methanol/hexane solvent mixture.
- dialkoxylated compounds such as Compounds iii and vi may include 2 equiv of epoxide, where, e.g., R 3 ⁇ H and R 4 may be a second hydroxyethyl group (CH 2 CH 2 OH).
- R 3 ⁇ H and R 4 may be a second hydroxyethyl group (CH 2 CH 2 OH).
- either O- or N-hydroxyethyl compounds or derivatives may be prepared by an alkylation with a ⁇ -hydroxyhalide, such as 2-bromoethanol (not illustrated).
- the O- and N-hydroxyethyl compounds may be used as substrates for the corresponding glycerol derivatives as described in Example 7.
- Compound ii was prepared by reacting N-methyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-4-aminobenzaldehyde (200 mg, 1.12 mmol) with 4-methylpyrimidine (112 ⁇ L, 1.23 mmol) and potassium tert-butoxide (376 mg, 3.35 mmol) in N,N-dimethyl formamide (10 mL) for 4 hours at 80° C. The resulting mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, filtered through celite and concentrated.
- Compound iii was prepared by reacting 4-(bis(hydroxyethyl)amino)benzaldehyde (234 mg, 1.12 mmol) with of -4-methylpyrimidine (112 ⁇ L, 1.23 mmol) and of potassium tert-butoxide (376 mg, 3.35 mmol) in N,N-dimethyl formamide (10 mL) for 12 hours at 80° C. The resulting mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and filtered through celite and concentrated. Compound iii was isolated as the major component of a mixture by silica gel chromatography using an ethyl acetate/methanol/hexane solvent system.
- Compound iv was prepared by reacting 4-(bis(hydroxylethyl)amino)benzaldehyde (250 mg, 1.20 mmol) with benzothiazole (178 mg, 1.32 mmol) and potassium tert-butoxide (404 mg, 3.6 mmol) in N,N-dimethyl formamide (10 mL) for 5 hours in a sealed bomb. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite. Compound iv (89 mg, 0.26 mmol, 22%) was isolated by silica gel chromatography using an ethyl acetate/methanol/hexane solvent mixture.
- Compounds v, vi, vii, and viii may be readily prepared by first reacting the corresponding 4-aminobenzaldehyde under standard Takai conditions (e.g., triiodomethane (iodoform), chromium dichloride, in tetrahydrofuran for 3 h at 0° C.) to afford the corresponding vinyl iodide.
- Takai conditions e.g., triiodomethane (iodoform), chromium dichloride, in tetrahydrofuran for 3 h at 0° C.
- Azide compounds E1 and E2 may be prepared by converting the corresponding alcohol, such as one of Compounds ii, iii, iv, v, or vi into a suitable leaving group, such as a tosylate, mesylate, triflate, or halide. Reaction with glycerol may displace the suitable leaving group to generate glycerol-substituted Compounds B.
- Compound B may be directly prepared by reaction of Compounds ii, iii, iv, v, or vi with 2-oxiranemethanol.
- the solution containing the crude triazole was loaded into a 2000 MWCO dialysis bag and dialyzed against MES buffer (50 mM, 5 L) and twice against water (5 L) for 12 h each.
- the solution was freeze-dried and the corresponding conjugate (565 mg, 0.12 mmol, 87%) was obtained as a colorless powder.
- Example 9 Compounds i-xiii are Hydrophilic Compared to Prior Compounds
- FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 1C show C Log P values and structures for various compounds in table form, including Compounds 1-xiii, and known compounds MeXO4, SB-13 and Florbetapir.
- C Log P is the log of the partition coefficient for relative concentrations of the compound in octanol vs water as Log[Conc., octanol/Conc. Water].
- Lower C Log P values correspond to greater hydrophilicity.
- MeXO4 exhibits high affinity for amyloid plaques, we reasoned that the stilbene structures in SB-13 and the clinically used Florbetapir may provide sensitivity and specificity in binding.
- benzothiazole or pyrimidyl moieties may generate analogues with lower C Log Ps and increased H-bonding potential, compared to known compounds.
- capping the nitrogen with hydroxyethyl group(s) could further increase the hydrophilicity and increase the potential for the ligand to remain floating in an aqueous medium external to the liposome instead of inserting into the lipid bilayer of the liposome.
- Compounds such as i-xiii were therefore devised with side-chain modifications generally expected to increase the hydrophilicity of the stilbene core to enhance a ligand's ability to be presented on a liposome surface without destabilizing the bilayer.
- Compounds i-xiii are each more hydrophilic than previous compound MeXO4 by several orders of magnitude. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that higher hydrophilicity may facilitate interaction and binding with amyloid beta fibrils, for example, by increasing the presence of the corresponding compounds in the hydrophilic environment outside of the liposomes in a configuration available for binding, by increasing binding interactions with amyloid beta fibrils, and the like.
- Nonionic groups such as hydroxy and methoxy were selected to promote hydrophilicity without increasing the ionic character, out of concern that increased ionic character may reduce BBB permeability.
- Compounds i, ii, and iii had the three lowest C Log P values (1.56, 1.80, and 1.06, respectively). Spectrofluorometric testing showed that compounds ii and iii both had absorption and emission maxima at 404 nm and 550 nm, while compound i exhibited an absorption maximum at 346 nm without a visible emission maximum. Compounds ii and ii may be used for ease of detection by fluorescence and relatively low C Log P values.
- a ⁇ fibrils were synthesized according to the method of Klunk et al. Ann Neurol, 2004; 55:306-19, the entire teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference. Briefly, A ⁇ (1-40) peptide (rPeptide, Bogart, Ga.) was dissolved in phospho-buffered saline, pH 7.4 to a final concentration of 433 ⁇ g/mL (100 ⁇ M). The solution was stirred using a magnetic stir bar at 700 rpm for 4 h at room temperature to drive the formation of fibrils. The stock solution was aliquoted and stored at ⁇ 80° C. for future use. The stock solutions were stirred thoroughly before removing aliquots for binding assays to maintain a homogenous suspension of fibrils. The stock solutions were stirred thoroughly prior to removing aliquots for binding assays, to insure a homogenous suspension of fibrils.
- Example 11 Binding Assays of Compound ii, Compound iii, and Conjugate of DSPE-PEG-Compound iii
- the binding affinity of the compounds or compound-labeled liposomes with the amyloid fibrils was measured by following methods. Ligand-labeled liposomes, ligand stock solutions, and Chrysamine G for competition assays were diluted with 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4 to 500 nM. Fibril stock solution was mixed with a stock solution of the compound or the compound-labeled liposomes in a 200 ⁇ L reaction mix to give a final concentration of fibrils (20 ⁇ M) with test compounds varying from 0.0625-2.0 ⁇ M. The binding mixture was incubated at room temperature for 1 h. Subsequently, the incubated binding mixture was centrifuged for 20 min at 16,400 rpm to separate the fibrils.
- the fibril precipitate was washed twice with Tris-HCl. Fluorescence was then measured in a FilterMax F-5 multi-mode plate reader (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, Calif.), using excitation and emission wavelengths of 405 nm and 535 nm, respectively.
- Competitive binding assays used 20 ⁇ M of fibrils, 1.0 ⁇ M test compounds and varying amounts of the non-fluorescent competitor, Chrysamine G and incubated for 1 h.
- FIG. 2 is a binding profile showing the binding of Compound ii to fibrils, plotted as relative fluorescence unit (RFU) versus concentration in ⁇ M.
- FIG. 3 is a binding profile showing the binding of Compound iii to fibrils, plotted as relative fluorescence unit (RFU) versus concentration in ⁇ M.
- FIG. 4 is a binding profile showing the binding of MeXO4 (a previous compound) to fibrils, plotted as relative fluorescence unit (RFU) versus concentration in ⁇ M.
- REU relative fluorescence unit
- FIGS. 5A-D illustrate aspects of the binding of Compounds ii and iii.
- FIG. 5A is a graph showing that Compounds ii and iii bind to amyloid fibrils plotted as relative fluorescence unit (RFU) versus concentration in ⁇ M.
- FIG. 5B is a competitive binding profile showing the binding of Compounds ii and iii, each bound stably to fibrils in suspension in competition with Chrysamine-G, plotted as % bound versus concentration of Chrysamine-G in ⁇ M, consistent with specificity to the Thioflavin binding site. This shows that Compounds ii and iii are indeed capable of binding to amyloid plaques, even being relatively hydrophilic.
- FIG. 5C is a fluorescent microscopy image showing that Compound iii specifically stains amyloid plaques in a section of human brain tissue from the frontal cortex of an AD autopsy case.
- FIG. 5D is a fluorescent microscopy image showing that Compound iii labels cerebral amyloid angiopathy in aged dog brain tissue. Images were collected on an Olympus BX-51 epifluorescent microscope using the broadpass filter. Green labeling represents Compound iii while yellow represents nonspecific autofluorescence. Scale bars represent 50 ⁇ m in length.
- FIG. 6 is a competitive binding profile showing the binding of previous compound MeXO4 and liposomal MeXO4, each to fibrils in competition with Chrysamine-G, plotted as % bound versus concentration of Chrysamine-G in ⁇ M.
- Compounds ii and iii show much higher competitive binding versus Chrysamine-G compared to prior compound MeXO4 or liposomal MeXO4.
- Compound ii was about 45% bound and Compound iii was about 55% bound.
- prior compound MeXO4 was about 20% bound and liposomal MeXO4 was about 5% bound.
- FIG. 7A is a graph of compound-labeled liposome binding profiles, showing the amount of the conjugate of DSPE-PEG-Compound iii bound to 20 ⁇ M fibrils, plotted versus the concentration of DSPE-PEG-Compound iii in the liposome compositions.
- Correlation functions were averaged for 2 minutes for each sample, using a dust-discrimination algorithm that eliminated correlation function slices that showed long term correlation functions significantly higher than baseline, indicating contamination with large particle sizes characteristic of dust.
- Stability of the preparations was measured in PBS and reconstituted bovine plasma (RBP).
- An aliquot of the preparation was diluted 10 ⁇ with either PBS or RBP and 200 ⁇ L of the diluted material placed in a dialysis bag, which was in turn placed in 200 mL PBS and slowly stirred for 24 hours.
- Samples of the external buffer were taken periodically during the 24 hour period and assayed for Gd content by ICP-AES. Leakage in bovine plasma was ⁇ 5% in both buffer and bovine plasma.
- FIG. 8 is a table showing the mean diameters and polydispersity indices of liposomes prepared with one of the MeXO4 targeting ligand, Compound iii, or PEGylated liposomes with no ligand. All liposomes included bis-stearylamide-DTPA-Gd in the bilayer, Gd-BOPTA (Gadobenate dimeglumine) in the liposome core interior, DPPC (55%), and cholesterol (40%).
- the liposomes were prepared by extrusion through track-etch membranes, including 5 extrusion passes through 400/200 nm membranes and 5 extrusion passes through 100 nm membranes targeted to give a mean diameter around 100-150 nm and a low polydispersity index, e.g., as demonstrated by the PEGylated liposomes with no ligand.
- the MeXO4 liposomes however, exhibit a larger diameter and polydispersity, consistent with interference of the MeXO4 ligand with the bilayer as confirmed by negative stain electron microscopy (see also FIG. 9A ).
- the replacement of the XO4 ligand with Compound iii resulted in liposomes of less than about 150 nm in diameter, with a low polydispersity.
- the Gd On incubation with reconstituted bovine plasma at 37° C. for 24 hours (plasma leak test), the Gd remained practically 100% associated with the particles, confirming that the modified ligand yielded a stable bilayer.
- Hydrophobic ligands like MeXO4 are believed to re-enter the bilayer and compromise its integrity, as reflected in the larger diameter of the resulting particles.
- a more hydrophilic ligand like Compound iii better maintains bilayer integrity and particle size post-extrusion.
- DPPC 1,2-dihexadecanoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine
- cholesterol purchased from Lipoid Inc., Newark N.J., USA.
- DSPE-PEG3400-Compound iii was prepared as described above. 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine-N-[methoxy(polyethylene glycol)-2000] (DSPE-MPEG2000) was purchased from Corden Pharma, Liestahl, Switzerland.
- DPPC, cholesterol, DSPE-MPEG2000, bis-stearylamine-DTPA-Gd (BSA-DTPA-Gd), and DSPE-PEG3400-Compound iii at molar proportions DPPC:BSA-DTPA-Gd:cholesterol:DSPE-MPEG2000:DSPE-PEG3400-Compound iii::31:25:40:2:2) were dissolved in ethanol to achieve a total concentration of 150 mM.
- a 65 ⁇ M solution of ICG was made in 500 mM of gadobenate dimeglumine.
- the ethanolic solution of lipids was hydrated with a ten-fold excess of the ICG/gadobenate dimeglumine solution at 65° C. for 30 minutes, allowing multilamellar liposomes to form.
- the mixture was then extruded in a 10 mL Lipex extruder (Northern Lipids Inc., Burnaby, Canada) using a 200 nm polycarbonate track-etch filter (10 passes) followed by a 100 nm polycarbonate filter (10 passes).
- the suspension was then diafiltered using a MICROKROS® (Spectrum Laboratories, Inc., Collinso Dominguez, Calif.) cross-flow diafiltration cartridge (500 kD cutoff), exchanging the external buffer for phosphate buffered saline (PBS, pH 7.2) for 15 volume exchanges.
- MICROKROS® Specific Laboratories, Inc., Collinso Dominguez, Calif.
- ICG content was measured by near-IR fluorescence (excitation 780 nm/emission 820 nm) in the diafiltrate at every volume exchange, and after the first volume exchange, practically no ICG was detected. The vast majority of the ICG lost from the retentate was present in the first volume exchange. Of the starting ICG, ⁇ 95% was estimated to remain associated with the liposomes.
- FIG. 9A shows negative stain TEM images of liposomes bearing DSPE-PEG-XO4 in the bilayer.
- FIG. 9B shows negative stain TEM images of liposomes bearing untargeted liposomes (identical bilayer structure, with no MeXO4).
- the negative stain used was 1% uranyl acetate. Note the involuted and incomplete spheroids in the left hand image, consistent with the MeXO4 ligand interfering with and disrupting the bilayer. By contrast, the absence of MeXO4 and presence of Compound iii leads to consistent spheroidal structures typical of liposomes.
- Liposomes were prepared decorated with surface Gd chelates on the surface of the lipid bilayer (Gd chelates conjugated to a lipid anchor BSA-DTPA-Gd such that bis-stearyl chains insert into the bilayer of the liposomes). These liposomes demonstrated high Gd molar relaxivity at low field strengths as shown in FIG. 10A .
- the example liposomes are compared to a free Gd chelate (GadobenateDimelglumine, MULTIHANCETM, Bracco Imaging, Monroe Township, N.J.) at lower field strengths, but the difference erodes at higher field strengths to the point where at 9.4 T, the free chelate is more relaxive than the surface presentation
- T measurements were made on individual MRI instruments.
- 1.4 T measurement was made on a Bruker Minispec MQ60 relaxometer (Bruker, Billerica Mass.). 1 T measurements were made on an Aspect M2 permanent magnet MRI instrument (Aspect Imaging, Shoham Israel). T1 measurements on the relaxometer were performed at 37° C. whereas measurements on MRI instruments were performed at standard temperature (18-20° C.).
- Tg2576 mice were purchased from Taconic Biosciences, Inc., Hudson, N.Y. TetO/APP mice were a kind gift of Dr. Joanna Jankowsky at Baylor College of Medicine. All APP ⁇ control animals were age-matched non-transgenic littermates of APP+ animals in this study. All TG2576 mice were imaged on a 1.0 T Bruker Icon system (Bruker Instruments, Billerica, Mass.) at MD Anderson Cancer Center.
- TetO/APP mice were imaged on an 1.0 T Aspect M2 system (Aspect Imaging, Shoham, Israel). Note that these two scanner instruments are built on identical hardware, both manufactured by Aspect Imaging. Only the software interface is different. All imaging parameters were identical on the two instruments.
- Anesthesia was induced in an isoflurane inhalation box using 5% isoflurane in air. Mice were then placed on a custom fabricated sled with integral face-cone for continued anesthesia delivery by inhalation (1.5-3% isoflurane in air) and transferred to the magnet cavity.
- APP+ and APP ⁇ mice in the test group were injected with Compound iii targeted liposomes (150 mM total lipid concentration, 37.5 mM total Gd concentration, injection volume 4 ⁇ L/g body weight, 0.15 mmol Gd/kg), while APP+ mice in the control group were injected with untargeted (i.e. no Compound iii present) liposomes with identical parameters. 4 days after injection, the mice were anesthetized and imaged again using an identical sequence. The half-life of the PEGylated liposomes prepared in this study was about 18 to 24 hours, and the 4-day interval was chosen to facilitate clearance of the unbound agent from the bloodstream, in order to reduce background signal.
- T1 relaxation measurements were then performed on a 60 Hz Bruker minispec MQ benchtop relaxometer (Bruker Instruments, Billerica, Mass.). Longitudinal relaxation times (T1) were obtained using an inversion recovery sequence. A plot of relaxation rate (1/T1) against Gd concentration yielded a straight line with slope defined as the T1 relaxivity (rl). For relaxivity measurements at higher field strengths (1.5 T to 9.4 T), the same samples were imaged on corresponding MRI instruments using T1-weighted fast spoiled gradient echo (FSPGR) sequence. The slope of 1/T1 versus concentration plot was used to estimate the relaxivity at each field strength.
- FSPGR fast spoiled gradient echo
- Example 14 Example Liposomes Image Amyloid Plaques by MRI in Mice
- Dual-Gd liposomes targeted to amyloid plaques using the Compound iii ligand were therefore tested for their ability to image amyloid plaques in mice.
- the dual-Gd/Compound iii liposomes resulted in signal enhancement, in patterns characteristic of amyloid deposition, in two distinct strains of amyloid bearing mice (15 month old TetO/APPswe-ind and 9 month old Tg2576).
- mice Immediately after the 4-day post images were acquired, the mice were sacrificially perfused with saline followed by 10% formalin, the brain was excised and submerged in 10% formalin for 24 hours, then transferred to 30% sucrose and refrigerated until the brain sank (usually about 72 hours). Whole brain NIR imaging was performed at this stage. The brain was then embedded in OCT solution and stored at ⁇ 80° C. prior to serial sectioning. Sections were cut at 30 m thickness, washed in tris-buffered saline with 0.2% tween.
- FIGS. 11A-F Exemplary images from this study are shown in FIGS. 11A-F .
- FIG. 11A depicts results for a TetO/APPswe-ind mouse, 15 months old, wherein APP production was suppressed until 6 weeks of age by doxycycline in diet.
- FIG. 11A depicts results for a TetO/APPswe-ind mouse, 15 months old, wherein APP production was suppressed until 6 weeks of age by doxycycline in diet.
- FIG. 11B depicts results for a pre-injection scan of the mouse of FIG. 11A .
- FIGS. 11C , D depict results for a Tg2576 mouse (APPswe) 9 months old and a pre-injection scan of the same mouse, respectively.
- FIG. 11E depicts results for a Tg2576 mouse injected with untargeted (non-amyloid-binding) particles.
- FIG. 11F depicts results for a non-transgenic sibling of the mouse of FIG. 11E , injected with amyloid-targeted particles. Total signal was mapped to a “rainbow” color map using Osirix software (available online at http://www.osirix-viewer.com/).
- FIG. 12 shows amyloid pathology score by immunohistochemistry using the 4G8 antibody, imaging agent used (Compound iii targeted or control untargeted) and individual measures of nanoparticle presence in mouse brain.
- Semi-quantitative scoring of A ⁇ plaques was by a four-tier scale of 0 (none), 1 (sparse), 2 (moderate), and 3 (severe/frequent). Presence of positive signal for ICG, ligand, and MRI was denoted by an “X” and absence by a “ ⁇ ”. There was a near 100% correlation between the immunohistochemistry results and each of the measures of nanoparticle presence.
- APP+ mice of either strain (TetO/APPswe, or Tg2576) treated with the targeted agent showed positive signal in MRI, immunohistochemistry and fluorescent markers of nanoparticle presence, while APP+ mice of either strain treated with untargeted agent showed no signal, and APP ⁇ mice showed no signal regardless of treatment.
- the data is consistent with the targeted agent being able to access and bind amyloid plaques, while being cleared in the absence of binding, and with no binding occurring in the absence of the targeting ligand.
- Example 15 Example Liposomes Image Amyloid Plaques By IR Fluorescence in Mice
- FIGS. 14A -H 4 show results from near infrared imaging of mouse brains post mortem. Confocal imaging of brain sections from Tg2576 mice revealed enhanced ICG signal in the cortex and hippocampus of the transgenic mice, showing greater localization in the APP+ brain ( FIG. 14A ) when compared to the non-transgenic controls ( FIG. 14B ). At high magnification, FIG. 14E revealed the characteristic punctate structure of amyloid deposits corresponding to FIG. 14A ; FIG. 14F corresponds to the controls of FIG. 14B .
- ICG Indocyanine Green
- the whole brains of TetO/APP+ mice showed greater near infrared fluorescence ( FIG. 14C ) than their APP ⁇ sibling controls ( FIG. 14D ).
- Liposomes with saturated lipid and cholesterol in the bilayer when extruded through 100 nm membranes, result in liposomes with diameter around 100 nm. Particle sizes considerably larger than 100 nm are associated with bilayer destabilization, vesicle fusion, and the formation of multi-lamellar structures, as demonstrated with MeXO4 liposomes in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 .
- the relatively hydrophobic MeXO4 ligand when tethered onto a liposome surface by a flexible PEG tether, may is believed to partition into the bilayer, accounting for the compromise in bilayer stability s demonstrated with MeXO4 liposomes in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9A .
- MeXO4 ligand Upon replacement of the MeXO4 ligand with the more hydrophilic Compound iii ligand, any propensity for the ligand to partition into the bilayer was eliminated or reduced, accounting for the retained bilayer integrity demonstrated by the data in in FIG. 8 observed for Compound iii targeted liposomes.
- Compound iii to bind amyloid pathology was tested using human brain tissue obtained from autopsy of an 88 year old human AD patient.
- Compound iii clearly stains the human tissue in a focal pattern consistent with the staining of amyloid plaques ( FIG. 5C ).
- Aged canines are a natural model of beta-amyloid deposition and incubation of a section of frontal cortex from a 12.3 year old beagle in Compound i also showed CAA labeling ( FIG. 5D ).
- the T1 relaxivity of liposomal surface Gd was 2.5 ⁇ higher than that of a free molecular chelate at 1.4 T and 1.5 T, but at higher fields, the free molecular chelate exhibited a higher relaxivity. Accordingly, relaxivity and in vivo imaging were tested at a low (1 T) field strength.
- a targeted liposome such as the Compound iii targeted liposome considered here
- a molecular target such as the beta sheet structure of an amyloid plaque
- each molecular target may be associated with an entire liposome, and the corresponding signal in the MR image may be attributable to the entire liposome.
- the relaxivity on a liposome molar basis may therefore be linearly related to the signal associated with the molecular target.
- the relaxivity of surface Gd liposomes was therefore measured on a liposome molar basis, as a function of increasing Gd chelate concentration in the liposome bilayer.
- the results in FIG. 10B show an expected linear dependence of relaxivity on the number of Gd chelates in the bilayer.
- the T1 relaxivity on a per-particle basis was estimated to be around 190,000 mM-1 s-1. For ⁇ 120 nm diameter particles, this may correspond to roughly 48,000 Gd chelates per particle, of which half may be on the outer leaflet of the liposome bilayer, and half may be on the inner leaflet. Assuming that the inner leaflet Gd is not substantially active for T1 relaxation while the outer leaflet chelates are, this suggests a molar relaxivity on a per-Gd basis of roughly 8 mM-1 s-1, of the same order as that measured using the 1.4 T relaxometer ( FIG. 10A ).
- FIGS. 11A-F Such permeability of the blood brain barrier was consistent with past observations of the ability of MeXO4 targeted liposomes to cross the BBB and label amyloid plaques in the APP/PSEN1 mouse model of AD. Also, past observations demonstrated the ability of untargeted liposomes to cross the BBB in the TetO/APP model of AD, and demonstrated significant leakage across the BBB in age-dependent and amyloid-dependent manners.
- mice tested showed leaks in the choroid plexus, older mice (>14 months of age) showed significantly higher leak along major blood vessels, while APP+ mice showed greater leak in the cerebral cortex.
- the TetO/APP mice in the present study were all >14 months old and showed more widespread signal in the brain, while the Tg2576 mice were all 9-10 months old and showed less signal, concentrated around pial and cortical vessels.
- 6/6 TetO/APP mice showed clear signal in the brain, consistent with localization of the targeted agent, only 2/6 Tg2576 animals showed clear brain signal. Immunohistochemically, however, the same 2/6 Tg2576 animals exhibited amyloid pathology, while the remaining 4/6 did not.
- FIGS. 14A -H 4 Confirmation of the localization of the particles to amyloid plaques comes from the data in FIGS. 14A -H 4 .
- Whole brain near-IR images visualizing the Indocyanine label FIGS. 14C-D ) were consistent with increased localization in APP+ brains compared to APP ⁇ brains.
- Slices through the cortex and hippocampus of APP+ and APP ⁇ mice FIGS. 14A-B ) showed significant localization in the APP+ brain, with the maximum intensity observed in the cerebral cortex and portions of the hippocampus. Significant staining was also observed in the thalamus, and was consistent with thalamic signal in the MR image ( FIG. 14C ) of the same mouse.
- FIGS. 14E-F Under high magnification of the cerebral cortex, the ICG signal in the APP+ mouse brain was seen to be both punctate, consistent with labeling of focal plaques, and along blood vessel walls, consistent with labeling of CAA.
- FIGS. 14 G 1 -H 4 Detailed histological examination of individual focal plaques (FIGS. 14 G 1 -H 4 ) in the cerebral cortex reveal that the ligand targeted particles appeared to label both the dense and diffuse sections of the plaque.
- the 4G8 antibody visualized with FITC is labeled green, the ICG is labeled red, while the Compound iii ligand is labeled blue.
- FIGS. 14 G 1 -G 4 show a field with 3 focal plaques visible. Also in the field is a more diffuse surrounding amyloid deposition pattern. The 4G8 antibody labels both these entities.
- the focal plaques appeared to have a relatively uniform amyloid density at the center, and higher density in the periphery, consistent with numerous other observations of plaques in mice using antibody and thioflavin-S staining.
- the ICG and Compound iii labels (red and blue respectively) are well correlated with each other and with the antibody label, demonstrating a low density of binding in the center of the plaques and high density nodules in the periphery, leaving little doubt that the liposomal particles bind intact to the plaques, and label both the high density focal plaques as well as lower density diffuse plaques.
- Tg2576 mice Some differences were noted in the MRI signal patterns between the TetO/APP and TG2576 mice, with the former showing signal in the cerebral cortex, hippocampus, and striatum, consistent with preferential amyloid deposition in these areas due to heterogeneous activity of the CaMkII ⁇ promoter. A more complete deposition pattern was observed in the Tg2576 mice, consistent with more uniform plaque deposition. The Tg2576 mice also showed strong ventricular signal that may be due to the continued presence of the agent in the cerebrospinal fluid, the likely transport medium for the extravasated liposomes.
- This BBB penetration does not require any active transport mechanism because previous work demonstrated that simple PEGylated liposomes are readily transported through the BBB. Retention of liposomes at the sites of amyloid deposition, for extended periods of time, however, depends on binding to a molecular target.
- MeXO4 as the binding ligand in our previous work demonstrated binding to amyloid plaques and visualization ex vivo by microscopy.
- the present methods, ligands, conjugates and liposomes are believed to readily facilitate crossing the BBB in humans. It is known from MRI studies performed in AD and MC1 patients that the BBB indeed compromised and the extent of compromise is independent of amyloid burden. Also, a recent study using DCE-MRI confirmed that the BBB in the aging human hippocampus breaks down and becomes permeable. Confirmation that the agent binds amyloid pathology other than in a mouse overexpression model is demonstrated herein by testing binding to amyloid deposits in dog brain and human brain slices in vitro. Accordingly, the present methods, ligands, conjugates and liposomes may function in humans.
- the present application demonstrates MRI imaging of amyloid plaques in rodent models at clinically acceptable field strengths, which is believed to extend to analysis of plaques and diagnosis of AD in humans.
- the described MRI imaging may offer a number of substantial benefits over current non-invasive imaging technologies, such as PET imaging, including increased availability, reduced cost, and enhanced resolution.
- PET imaging may offer worldwide availability.
- T1 agents may be extremely attractive because of their positive signal, leading to increased confidence in signal interpretation.
- the work described herein is targeted for use in low field (1-3 T) scanners consistent with state-of-the-art MRI scanners for human imaging.
- the work herein may be used in conjunction with a secondary marker, such as identification of neurofibrillary Tau tangles, to diagnose AD.
- substituted refers to an organic group as defined below (e.g., an alkyl group) in which one or more bonds to a hydrogen atom contained therein are replaced by a bond to non-hydrogen or non-carbon atoms.
- Substituted groups also include groups in which one or more bonds to a carbon(s) or hydrogen(s) atom are replaced by one or more bonds, including double or triple bonds, to a heteroatom.
- a substituted group is substituted with one or more substituents, unless otherwise specified.
- a substituted group is substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 substituents.
- substituent groups include: halogens (i.e., F, Cl, Br, and I); hydroxyls; alkoxy, alkenoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, heterocyclyloxy, and heterocyclylalkoxy groups; carbonyls (oxo); carboxyls; esters; urethanes; oximes; hydroxylamines; alkoxyamines; aralkoxyamines; thiols; sulfides; sulfoxides; sulfones; sulfonyls; sulfonamides; amines; N-oxides; hydrazines; hydrazides; hydrazones; azides; amides; ureas; amidines; guanidines; enamines; imides; isocyanates; isothiocyanates; cyanates; thiocyanates; imines; nitro groups; nitriles (i.e., CN
- Alkyl groups include straight chain and branched chain alkyl groups having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and typically from 1 to 10 carbons or, in some embodiments, from 1 to 8, 1 to 6, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- straight chain alkyl groups include groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and n-octyl groups.
- Cycloalkyl groups include mono-, bi- or tricyclic alkyl groups having from 3 to 12 carbon atoms in the ring(s), or, in some embodiments, 3 to 10, 3 to 8, or 3 to 4, 5, or 6 carbon atoms.
- Exemplary monocyclic cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl groups.
- the cycloalkyl group has 3 to 8 ring members, whereas in other embodiments, the number of ring carbon atoms ranges from 3 to 5, 3 to 6, or 3 to 7.
- Bi- and tricyclic ring systems include both bridged cycloalkyl groups and fused rings, such as, but not limited to, bicyclo[2.1.1]hexane, adamantyl, decalinyl, and the like.
- Substituted cycloalkyl groups may be substituted one or more times with non-hydrogen and non-carbon groups as defined above.
- substituted cycloalkyl groups also include rings that are substituted with straight or branched chain alkyl groups as defined above.
- Representative substituted cycloalkyl groups may be mono-substituted or substituted more than once, such as, but not limited to, 2,2-, 2,3-, 2,4-2,5- or 2,6-disubstituted cyclohexyl groups, which may be substituted with substituents such as those listed above.
- aryl groups includes groups containing fused rings, such as fused aromatic-aliphatic ring systems (e.g., indanyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, and the like), it does not include aryl groups that have other groups, such as alkyl or halo groups, bonded to one of the ring members. Rather, groups such as tolyl are referred to as substituted aryl groups.
- Representative substituted aryl groups may be mono-substituted or substituted more than once.
- monosubstituted aryl groups include, but are not limited to, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-substituted phenyl or naphthyl groups, which may be substituted with substituents such as those listed above.
- Heterocyclic groups include aromatic (also referred to as heteroaryl) and non-aromatic ring compounds containing 3 or more ring members of which one or more is a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, N, O, and S.
- the heterocyclyl group contains 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms.
- heterocyclic groups include mono-, bi- and tricyclic rings having 3 to 16 ring members, whereas other such groups have 3 to 6, 3 to 10, 3 to 12, or 3 to 14 ring members.
- Heterocyclic groups encompass aromatic, partially unsaturated and saturated ring systems, such as, for example, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl and imidazolidinyl groups.
- heterocyclic group includes fused ring species including those comprising fused aromatic and non-aromatic groups, such as, for example, benzotriazolyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioxinyl, and benzo[1,3]dioxolyl.
- the phrase also includes bridged polycyclic ring systems containing a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, quinuclidyl.
- the phrase does not include heterocyclic groups that have other groups, such as alkyl, oxo or halo groups, bonded to one of the ring members.
- Heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrolyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolinyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiazolinyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, piperidyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, tetrahydr
- substituted heterocyclic groups may be mono-substituted or substituted more than once, such as, but not limited to, pyridyl or morpholinyl groups, which are 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-substituted, or disubstituted with various substituents such as those listed above.
- Heteroaryl groups are aromatic ring compounds containing 5 or more ring members, of which one or more is a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, N, O, and S.
- Heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups such as pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, thiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, furanyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, azaindolyl (pyrrolopyridinyl), indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazopyridinyl (azabenzimidazolyl), pyrazolopyridinyl, triazolopyridinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothi
- Heteroaralkyl groups are alkyl groups as defined above in which a hydrogen or carbon bond of an alkyl group is replaced with a bond to a heteroaryl group as defined above. Substituted heteroaralkyl groups may be substituted at the alkyl, the heteroaryl or both the alkyl and heteroaryl portions of the group. Representative substituted heteroaralkyl groups may be substituted one or more times with substituents such as those listed above.
- Groups described herein having two or more points of attachment i.e., divalent, trivalent, or polyvalent
- divalent alkyl groups are alkylene groups
- divalent aryl groups are arylene groups
- divalent heteroaryl groups are heteroarylene groups
- Substituted groups having a single point of attachment to the compound of the technology are not referred to using the “ene” designation.
- chloroethyl is not referred to herein as chloroethylene.
- Alkoxy groups are hydroxyl groups (—OH) in which the bond to the hydrogen atom is replaced by a bond to a carbon atom of a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group as defined above.
- linear alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentoxy, hexoxy, and the like.
- branched alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, isopropoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, isopentoxy, isohexoxy, and the like.
- cycloalkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, and the like.
- Representative substituted alkoxy groups may be substituted one or more times with substituents such as those listed above.
- the amine is NH 2 , methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino, propylamino, isopropylamino, phenylamino, or benzylamino.
- alkylamino is defined as NR c R d , wherein at least one of R c and R d is alkyl and the other is alkyl or hydrogen.
- arylamino is defined as NR c R f , wherein at least one of R e and R f is aryl and the other is aryl or hydrogen.
- halogen refers to bromine, chlorine, fluorine, or iodine. In some embodiments, the halogen is fluorine. In other embodiments, the halogen is chlorine or bromine.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Radiology & Medical Imaging (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
- Polyethers (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application claims priority from U.S. Provisional Patent Application Nos. 62/061,514, filed on Oct. 8, 2014, and 62/111,057, filed Feb. 2, 2015, each of which are entirely incorporated by reference herein.
- Alzheimer's disease (“AD”) is a neurodegenerative illness characterized by memory loss and other cognitive deficits. AD is the most common form of dementia and affects one in every eight people over the age of 65 and one in every two over the age of 85. AD is the sixth leading cause of death in the United States. Over 5.5 million Americans suffer from AD, with an estimated annual cost of $200 billion USD. By 2050, it is projected that AD will affect over 20 million Americans at an annual price tag of $1.1 Trillion USD (in 2011 dollars). Around the world, the estimated figures for the year 2011 were over 37 million sufferers, at an associated cost of over $600 billion (USD).
- Effective diagnostic tests for AD are needed in the field. At present, AD is typically only conclusively diagnosed by post-mortem histopathological analysis. Diagnosis in living subjects relies primarily on psychiatric testing to detect cognitive impairment. However, the major neuropathological hallmarks of AD—extracellular amyloid-β (“Aβ”) plaque deposits and intracellular neurofibrillary tangles—manifest long before clinical symptoms are discernable. Aβ deposits also represent a major risk factor for hemorrhagic stroke.
- Two positron emission tomography (PET) imaging agents that bind specifically to amyloid plaques have recently been approved by the FDA, and can be used for the detection of amyloid plaques. However, their spatial resolution is limited by that of the PET modality, and is on the order of 5-10 mm, limiting any anatomy-specific information available in the image. PET imaging also requires the use of radio-isotopes, and carries the risk of significant radiation; an amyloid scan is estimated to expose the patient to about 7 mSv of radiation dose, roughly equivalent to several CT scans, as a typical head CT may be about 2 mSv. Availability of radioactive PET agents also remains a challenge, due to their short half-life. Simultaneous detection of a cognate factor such as tau tangles could improve the specificity of a diagnostic test, and a number of PET imaging agents for tau detection are currently in development. A non-radioactive amyloid imaging agent would be of significant interest, addressing both the distribution challenges and the radiation dose concerns with current PET imaging agents, and in combination with a tau imaging agent, possibly constituting a diagnostic for AD.
- Some previous efforts on developing non-radioactive amyloid-targeting MRI agent have primarily focused on either proton T2 (using the T2 relaxivities of iron oxide nanoparticles), or 19F imaging (using high signal-to-noise ratios achievable due to the absence of endogenous F signal). High T2 relaxivities lead to the suppression of overall signal, making detection and differentiation from inherent hypo-intense regions challenging, and quantitation of the images unreliable. Further, the absence of endogenous MR-visible fluorine also means there is no anatomical landmark in the 19F image.
- Other previous work demonstrated that liposomes targeted to amyloid plaque by the thioflavine analog Methoxy-XO4, penetrated the blood-brain barrier (BBB), and successfully bound the majority of amyloid plaques in the APP/PSEN1 mouse model of AD. Existing amyloid binding ligands, including methoxy-XO4 are, however, hydrophobic. In liposomal formulations, they interfere with the lipid bilayer. When loaded with Gd chelates for MRI T1 contrast, methoxy-XO4 targeted liposomes were unstable to the osmotic gradient created by the high Gd chelate internal concentration, and were destabilized.
- The present application appreciates that detecting amyloid deposits may be a challenging endeavor.
- In one embodiment, a liposomal composition is provided. The liposomal composition may include a membrane. The membrane may include a phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate. The aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by Structural Formula I:
-
—X—Ar—R1-Het (I) - or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Structural Formula I, X may be —R2—O— or —R2—N(R3)—. R1 may be C2-C6 alkyl or alkenyl. R2 may be a linking group including 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R2 may include one of: alkylene or alkoxyalkylene. R3 may be hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, or C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl. Ar may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Ar may include at least one aromatic or heteroaromatic ring. Het may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Het may include at least one heteroaromatic ring. The aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Formula I may further be substituted. For example, R2 may be substituted with zero, one or more of: hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl. Ar, Het, R1, and R3 other than hydrogen may be independently substituted with zero, one or more of: halogen; —OH; alkyl, —O-alkyl, aryl, —O-aryl or —(O-alkylene)1-6 optionally substituted with —OH or halogen; —NH2; —NH-alkyl; —N-dialkyl; carboxyl; sulfonyl; carbamoyl; and glycosyl.
- In another embodiment, a method for imaging amyloid deposits in a subject is provided. The method may include introducing into the subject a detectable quantity of a liposomal composition. The method may include allowing sufficient time for the liposomal composition to be associated with one or more amyloid deposits. The method may include detecting the liposomal composition associated with the one or more amyloid deposits. The liposomal composition of the method may include a membrane. A nonradioactive magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) contrast enhancing agent may be at least one of encapsulated by or bound to the membrane. The membrane may include a phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate. The aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by Structural Formula I:
-
—X—Ar—R1-Het (I) - or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Structural Formula I, X may be —R2—O— or —R2—N(R3)—. R1 may be C2-C6 alkyl or alkenyl. R2 may be a linking group including 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R2 may include one of: alkylene or alkoxyalkylene. R3 may be hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, or C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl. Ar may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Ar may include at least one aromatic or heteroaromatic ring. Het may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Het may include at least one heteroaromatic ring. The aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Formula I may further be substituted. For example, R2 may be substituted with zero, one or more of: hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl. Ar, Het. R1, and R3 other than hydrogen may be independently substituted with zero, one or more of: halogen; —OH; alkyl, —O-alkyl, aryl, —O-aryl or —(O-alkylene)1-6 optionally substituted with —OH or halogen; —NH2; —NH-alkyl; —N-dialkyl; carboxyl; sulfonyl; carbamoyl; and glycosyl.
- In one embodiment, a phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate is provided. The aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by Structural Formula I:
-
—X—Ar—R1-Het (I) - or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Structural Formula I, X may be —R2—O— or —R2—N(R3)—. R1 may be C2-C6 alkyl or alkenyl. R2 may be a linking group including 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R2 may include one of: alkylene or alkoxyalkylene. R3 may be hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, or C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl. Ar may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Ar may include at least one aromatic or heteroaromatic ring. Het may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Het may include at least one heteroaromatic ring. The aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Formula I may further be substituted. For example, R2 may be substituted with zero, one or more of: hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl. Ar, Het, R1, and R3 other than hydrogen may be independently substituted with zero, one or more of: halogen; —OH; alkyl, —O-alkyl, aryl, —O-aryl or —(O-alkylene)1-6 optionally substituted with —OH or halogen; —NH2; —NH-alkyl; —N-dialkyl; carboxyl; sulfonyl; carbamoyl; and glycosyl.
- In another embodiment, a compound represented by Structural Formula II is provided:
-
R5—Ar—R1-Het (II) - or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In the compound represented by Formula II, R1 may be C2-C6 alkyl or alkenyl. R5 may be hydrogen, hydroxyl, H—R2—, HO—R2—, H—R2—N(R3)—, or HO—R2—N(R3)—. R2 may be a linking group including 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R2 may include one of: alkylene, or alkoxyalkylene. R3 may be hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, or C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl. Ar may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Ar may include at least one aromatic or heteroaromatic ring. Het may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Het may include at least one heteroaromatic ring. The compound represented by Structural Formula II may further be substituted. For example, R2 may be substituted with zero, one or more of: hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl. Ar, Het, R1, and R3 other than hydrogen may be independently substituted with zero, one or more of: halogen; —OH; alkyl, —O-alkyl, aryl, —O-aryl or —(O-alkylene)1-6 optionally substituted with —OH or halogen; —NH2; —NH-alkyl; —N-dialkyl; carboxyl; sulfonyl; carbamoyl; and glycosyl.
- In another embodiment, a kit for imaging amyloid deposits in a subject is provided. The kit may include instructions and a liposomal composition. The instructions may direct a user to introduce into the subject a detectable quantity of the liposomal composition. The instructions may direct the user to allow sufficient time for the liposomal composition to be associated with one or more amyloid deposits. The instructions may direct the user to detect the liposomal composition associated with the one or more amyloid deposits. The liposomal composition of the kit may include a membrane. A nonradioactive magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) contrast enhancing agent may be at least one of encapsulated by or bound to the membrane. The membrane may include a phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate. The aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by Structural Formula I:
-
—X—Ar—R1-Het (I) - or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Structural Formula I, X may be —R2—O— or —R2—N(R3)—. R1 may be C2-C6 alkyl or alkenyl. R2 may be a linking group including 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R2 may include one of: alkylene or alkoxyalkylene. R3 may be hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, or C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl. Ar may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Ar may include at least one aromatic or heteroaromatic ring. Het may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Het may include at least one heteroaromatic ring. The aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Formula I may further be substituted. For example, R2 may be substituted with zero, one or more of: hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl. Ar, Het, R1, and R3 other than hydrogen may be independently substituted with zero, one or more of: halogen; —OH; alkyl, —O-alkyl, aryl, —O-aryl or —(O-alkylene)1-6 optionally substituted with —OH or halogen; —NH2; —NH-alkyl; —N-dialkyl; carboxyl; sulfonyl; carbamoyl; and glycosyl.
- In the accompanying figures, chemical formulas, chemical structures, and experimental data are given that, together with the detailed description provided below, describe example embodiments of the claimed invention. The patent or application file contains at least one drawing executed in color. Copies of this patent or patent application publication with color drawing(s) will be provided by the Office upon request and payment of the necessary fee.
-
FIG. 1A is a table showing C Log P values and structures for various compounds. -
FIG. 1B is a table showing C Log P values and structures for various compounds. -
FIG. 1C is a table showing C Log P values and structures for various compounds. -
FIG. 2 is a binding profile showing the binding of Compound ii to fibrils, plotted as relative fluorescence unit (RFU) versus concentration in μM. -
FIG. 3 is a binding profile showing the binding of Compound iii to fibrils, plotted as relative fluorescence unit (RFU) versus concentration in μM. -
FIG. 4 is a binding profile showing the binding of MeXO4 (a previous compound) to fibrils, plotted as relative fluorescence unit (RFU) versus concentration in μM. -
FIG. 5A is a graph showing that Compounds ii and iii bind to amyloid fibrils plotted as relative fluorescence unit (RFU) versus concentration in μM. -
FIG. 5B is a competitive binding profile showing the binding of Compounds ii and iii, each bound stably to fibrils in suspension in competition with Chrysamine-G, plotted as % bound versus concentration of Chrysamine-G in μM. -
FIG. 5C is a fluorescent microscopy image showing that Compound iii specifically stains amyloid plaques in a section of human brain tissue from the frontal cortex of an AD autopsy case. -
FIG. 5D is a fluorescent microscopy image showing that Compound iii labels cerebral amyloid angiopathy in aged dog brain tissue. -
FIG. 6 is a competitive binding profile showing the binding of previous compound MeXO4 and liposomal MeXO4, each to fibrils in competition with Chrysamine-G, plotted as % bound versus concentration of Chrysamine-G in μM. -
FIG. 7A is a graph of compound-labeled liposome binding profiles, showing the amount of the conjugate of DSPE-PEG-Compound iii bound to 20 μM fibrils, plotted versus the concentration of DSPE-PEG-Compound ii in the liposome compositions. -
FIG. 7B is a graph showing fibril binding data and a calculated fit for estimation of the binding constant for Compound ii to fibrils at Kd=5.0 μM. -
FIG. 7C is a graph showing fibril binding data and a calculated fit for estimation of the binding constant for Compound iii to fibrils at Kd=5.0 μM. -
FIG. 7D is a graph showing fibril binding data and a calculated fit for estimation of the binding constant for liposomes bearing DSPE-PEG-Compound iii to fibrils at Kd=3.3 μM. -
FIG. 8 is a table showing the mean diameters and polydispersity indices of liposomes prepared with the MeXO4 targeting ligand, Compound iii, and PEGylated liposomes with no ligand. -
FIG. 9A shows negative stain TEM images of liposomes bearing DSPE-PEG-XO4 in the bilayer. -
FIG. 9B shows negative stain TEM images of liposomes bearing untargeted liposomes (identical bilayer structure, with no MeXO4). -
FIG. 10A is a bar graph showing the example liposomes high Gd molar relaxivity at low field strength compared to a free Gd chelate. -
FIG. 10B is a graph showing the resulting particles have extremely high relaxivity on a per-particle basis. -
FIGS. 11A-F are images showing various exemplary amyloid imaging results in mouse models. -
FIG. 11A depicts results for a TetO/APPswe-ind mouse, 15 months old. -
FIG. 11B depicts results for a pre-injection scan of the mouse ofFIG. 11A . -
FIG. 11C depicts results for a Tg2576 mouse (APPswe), 9 months old. -
FIG. 11D depicts results for a pre-injection scan of the mouse ofFIG. 11C . -
FIG. 11E depicts results for a Tg2576 mouse injected with untargeted (non amyloid-binding) particles. -
FIG. 11F depicts results for a non transgenic sibling of the mouse ofFIG. 11E , injected with amyloid-targeted particles. -
FIG. 12 is a table showing amyloid pathology score by immunohistochemistry using the 4G8 antibody, imaging agent used (Compound iii targeted or control untargeted) and individual measures of nanoparticle presence in mouse brain. -
FIGS. 13A-13Z represent 13 pairs of MRI images representative of the data summarized inFIG. 12 . -
FIGS. 13A and 13B are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain TetO/APP 5756, genotype APP+, and Compound iii-targeted particles. -
FIGS. 13C and 13D are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain TetO/APP 7110, genotype APP−, and Compound iii-targeted particles. -
FIGS. 13E and 13F are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain TetO/APP 5785, genotype APP+, and Compound iii-targeted particles. -
FIGS. 13G and 13H are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain TetO/APP 5633, genotype APP+, and Compound iii-targeted particles. -
FIGS. 13I and 13J are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain TetO/APP 6949, genotype APP+, and Compound iii-targeted particles. -
FIGS. 13K and 13L are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain TetO/APP XX21, genotype APP+, and Compound iii-targeted particles. -
FIGS. 13M and 13N are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain TetO/APP XXXX, genotype APP−, and Compound iii-targeted particles. -
FIGS. 13O and 13P are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain Tg2576 (Control 1), genotype APP−, and Compound iii-targeted particles. -
FIGS. 13Q and 13R are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain Tg2576 (Control 2), genotype APP−, and Compound iii-targeted particles. -
FIGS. 13S and 13T are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain Tg2576 TG, genotype APP+, and Compound iii-targeted particles. -
FIGS. 13U and 13V are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain Tg2576 TG2, genotype APP+, and Compound iii-targeted particles. -
FIGS. 13W and 13X are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain Tg2576 TG3, genotype APP+, and untargeted particles. -
FIGS. 13Y and 13Z are 3-4 days post contrast and pre-contrast images, respectively, for mice of strain Tg2576 TG4, genotype APP+, and untargeted particles. -
FIGS. 14A -H4 show results from near infrared imaging of mouse brains post mortem. -
FIG. 14A shows confocal imaging of brain sections from Tg2576 mice with enhanced ICG signal in the cortex and hippocampus of the transgenic mice, demonstrating greater localization in the APP+ brain when compared to the non-transgenic controls (seeFIG. 14B ). -
FIG. 14B shows confocal imaging of brain sections from non-transgenic controls under the same treatment and measurement conditions asFIG. 14A . -
FIG. 14C is an image showing that the whole brains of TetO/APP+ mice demonstrated greater near infrared fluorescence than their APP− sibling controls (seeFIG. 14D ). -
FIG. 14D are images showing that the whole brains of TetO/APP+ mice showed greater near infrared fluorescence than their APP− siblings (seeFIG. 14C ). -
FIG. 14E is a high magnification version ofFIG. 14A showing the characteristic punctate structure of amyloid deposits. -
FIG. 14F is a high magnification version ofFIG. 14B . - FIG. 14G1-G4 are fluorescence colocalization images for a cluster of 3 plaques.
- FIG. 14G1 (green) shows a fluorescently labeled 4G8 antibody bound to the cluster of 3 amyloid plaques.
- FIG. 14G2 (red) shows ICG bound to the cluster of 3 amyloid plaques.
- FIG. 14G3 (blue) shows Compound iii bound to the cluster of 3 amyloid plaques.
- FIG. 14G4 shows a combination of FIGS. 14G1, 14G2, and 14G3.
- FIG. 14H1-H4 are fluorescence colocalization images for a single plaque.
- FIG. 14H1 (green) shows a fluorescently labeled 4G8 antibody bound to the single plaque.
- FIG. 14H2 (red) shows ICG bound to the single plaque.
- FIG. 14H3 (blue) shows Compound iii bound to the single plaque.
- FIG. 14H4 shows a combination of FIGS. 14G1, 14G2, and 14G3.
- In various embodiments, a liposomal composition is provided. The liposomal composition may include a membrane. The membrane may include a phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate. The aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by Structural Formula I:
-
—X—Ar—R1-Het (I) - or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Structural Formula I, X may be —R2—O— or —R2—N(R3)—. R1 may be C2-C6 alkyl or alkenyl. R2 may be a linking group including 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R2 may include one of: alkylene or alkoxyalkylene. R3 may be hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, or C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl. Ar may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Ar may include at least one aromatic or heteroaromatic ring. Het may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Het may include at least one heteroaromatic ring. The aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Formula I may further be substituted. For example, R2 may be substituted with zero, one or more of: hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl. Ar, Het, R1, and R3 other than hydrogen may be independently substituted with zero, one or more of: halogen; —OH; alkyl, —O-alkyl, aryl, —O-aryl or —(O-alkylene)1-6 optionally substituted with —OH or halogen; —NH2; —NH-alkyl; —N-dialkyl; carboxyl; sulfonyl; carbamoyl; and glycosyl.
- In several embodiments, a phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate is provided. The aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by Structural Formula I:
-
—X—Ar—R1-Het (I) - or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the variables, e.g., X, Ar, R1, Het, and the like may represent the same moieties as in Structural Formula I of the liposome composition or Structural Formula II of the compound as described herein.
- In some embodiments, a compound represented by Structural Formula II is provided:
-
R5—Ar—R1-Het (II) - or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the variables, e.g., Ar, R1, Het, R5 and the like may represent the same moieties as in Structural Formula I of the liposome composition or Structural Formula I of the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate as described herein.
- In Structural Formula II, R5 may be hydrogen, hydroxyl, H—R2—, HO—R2—, H—R2—N(R3)—, or HO—R2—N(R3)—. In some embodiments, R5 may be hydroxyl. H—R2—, HO—R2—, H—R2—N(R3)—, or HO—R2—N(R3)—. R5 may be H—R2—, HO—R2—, H—R2—N(R3)—, or HO—R2—N(R3)—. R5 may be H—R2— or H—R2—N(R3)—. R5 may be HO—R2— or HO—R2—N(R3)—. R5 may be H—R2— or HO—R2—.
- In various embodiments of Structural Formulas I and II, R1 may be C2 alkyl or alkenyl. For example, R1 may be C2-C6 alkenyl. R1 may be C2-C6 alkenyl in a trans or cis configuration, for example, trans. R1 may be
trans 1,2-ethenyl. - In some embodiments of Structural Formulas I and II, one, two, three, or four ring atoms of the heteroaromatic rings included by Ar and Het each independently may be one of: N, O, or S. For example, two ring atoms of the heteroaromatic ring represented by Het each may be one of: N, O, or S. Het and/or Ar may each include at least one heteroaromatic ring selected from the group consisting of: pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, thiazole, oxazole, diazole, thiadiazole, oxadiazole, and triazole. Het and/or Ar may each include, for example, one of: phenyl, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, thiazole, oxazole, diazole, thiadiazole, oxadiazole, triazole, benzofuran, indole, benzothiophene, thienopyrimidine, benzooxazole, benzothiazole, benzooxadiazole, or benzothiadiazole. For example, Het may include one of: pyridine, pyrimidine, thienopyrimidine, or benzothiazole. Ar may include one of phenyl or indole.
- In several embodiments of Structural Formulas I and II, Ar and Het may be independently substituted with zero, one or more of: F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, aryl, —OH, —O-alkyl. —O-aryl, —NH2, —NH-alkyl, —N-dialkyl, carboxyl, sulfonyl, carbamoyl, and glycosyl.
- In various embodiments of Structural Formulas I and II, the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by —O—Ar—R1-Het. The compound may be represented by H—O—Ar—R1-Het. Het and/or Ar may be substituted by —O— alkyl. Het and/or Ar may be substituted by methoxy. Het may be monocyclic. One or two ring atoms of the heteroaromatic ring included by Het may be N.
- In some embodiments of Structural Formula I, the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- Similarly, the compound of Structural Formula II may be represented by:
- R5 may be H, hydroxyl, H—R2—, HO—R2—, H—R2—N(R3)—, or HO—R2—N(R3)—.
- In some embodiments, the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- Similarly, the compound of Structural Formula II may be represented by:
- R5 may be H, hydroxyl, H—R2—, HO—R2—, H—R2—N(R3)—, or HO—R2—N(R3)—. In some embodiments, R5 may be hydroxyl. For example, the compound may be:
- In several embodiments, the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- The variable n may be any integer from about 10 to about 100, for example, about 60 to about 100, about 70 to about 90, about 75 to about 85, about 77, and the like. The variable m may be one of: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18. For example, n may be 77 and m may be 14. In another example, n may be 77 and m may be 16.
- In various embodiments, the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by —R2—N(R3)—Ar—R1-Het. Ar may be unsubstituted. Ar may be monocyclic. Ar may include a carbocyclic aromatic ring, for example, Ar may be a phenyl ring. Ar may be indole. For example, Ar may be unsubstituted 1,4-phenylene or unsubstituted 1,5-indolyl. Het may be monocyclic. One or two ring atoms of the heteroaromatic ring included by Het may be N. R2 may be substituted with zero, one or more —OH. R3 may be C1-C6 alkyl substituted with zero, one or more of: —OH and alkyl optionally substituted with one or more —OH. For example, R3 may be C1-C3 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl.
- In some embodiments, the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- Pyrimidine P may be substituted with zero, one, or more of —OH, —O-alkyl, and —NH2. For example, the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- Pyrimidine P may be substituted with zero, one, or two of —OH, —OMe, and —NH2. Similarly, the compound of Structural Formula II may be represented by:
- R5′ may be hydrogen or hydroxyl.
- In several embodiments, the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by one of:
- Similarly, the compound of Structural Formula Il may be represented by:
- R5′ may be hydrogen or hydroxyl. For example, the compound may be one of:
- In various embodiments, the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by one of:
- The variable n may be any integer from about 10 to about 100, for example, about 60 to about 100, about 70 to about 90, about 75 to about 85, or about 77. The variable m may be one of: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18. For example, n may be 77 and m may be 14. In another example, n may be 77 and m may be 16.
- In some embodiments, Het may include a bicyclic heteroaromatic group. For example, one, two, three, or four ring atoms of the bicyclic heteroaromatic group included by Het each may be one of: N, O, or S. For example, the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- Further, for example, the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- Similarly, the compound of Structural Formula II may be represented by:
- R5′ may be hydrogen or hydroxyl.
- In several embodiments, the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- Similarly, the compound of Structural Formula II may be represented by:
- R5′ may be hydrogen or hydroxyl. For example, the compound may be represented by:
- In several embodiments, the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- The variable n may be any integer from about 10 to about 100, for example, about 60 to about 100, about 70 to about 90, about 75 to about 85, or about 77. The variable m may be one of: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18. For example, n may be 77 and m may be 14. In another example, n may be 77 and m may be 16.
- In various embodiments, the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- Similarly, the compound of Structural Formula II may be represented by:
- R5′ may be hydrogen or hydroxyl. In the above structures, R4 may be H. R4 may be alkyl optionally substituted with —OH. —OR4 may be —(O-alkylene)1-6 optionally substituted with —OH.
- In some embodiments, the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by one of:
- Similarly, the compound of Structural Formula II may be represented by:
- R5′ may be hydrogen or hydroxyl. For example, the compound may be represented by one of:
- In several embodiments, the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by one of:
- The variable n may be any integer from about 10 to about 100, for example, about 60 to about 100, about 70 to about 90, about 75 to about 85, or about 77. The variable m may be one of: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18. For example, n may be 77 and m may be 14. In another example, n may be 77 and m may be 16.
- In various embodiments, the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- R4 may be H. R4 may be alkyl optionally substituted with —OH. —OR4 may be —(O-alkylene)1-6 optionally substituted with —OH. Similarly, the compound of Structural Formula II may be represented by:
- R5′ may be hydrogen or hydroxyl. Further, for example, the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
-
- The compound of Structural Formula II may be represented by:
- The phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by:
- The variable n may be an integer from about 60 to about 100; and m may be one of: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18.
- In various embodiments, the compounds may include any one of Compounds i-xiii.
- In some embodiments, the phospholipid moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by the following structural formula:
- The variable m may be one of: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18. For example, m may be 14 or 16. In various embodiments, the phospholipid moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be one of: 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DPPC), 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (DSPE), 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DSPC), or 1,2-Dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phospho ethanolamine (DPPE). Suitable phospholipids may also include those disclosed herein, and may further include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,785,568 issued to Annapragada et al., which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. Suitable polymer derivatized phospholipids may include those disclosed herein, and may further include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,785,568.
- In some embodiments, the polymer moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may include a hydrophilic polymer. e.g., a poly(alkylene oxide). The hydrophilic poly(alkylene oxide) may include between about 10 and about 100 repeat units, and having, e.g., a molecular weight ranging from 500-10,000 Daltons. The hydrophilic poly(alkylene oxide) may include, for example, poly(ethylene oxide), poly (propylene oxide) and the like. The polymer moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be conjugated to the phospholipid moiety via an amide or carbamate group. The polymer moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be conjugated to the aromatic moiety via an amide, carbamate, poly (alkylene oxide), triazole, combinations thereof, and the like. For example, the polymer moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by one of the following structural formula:
- The variable n may be any integer from about 10 to about 100, for example, about 60 to about 100, about 70 to about 90, about 75 to about 85, or about 77.
- In several embodiments, the phospholipid-polymer moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by one of the following structural formula:
- The variable n may be any integer from about 10 to about 100, for example, about 60 to about 100, about 70 to about 90, about 75 to about 85, or about 77. The variable m may be one of: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18. For example, n may be 77 and m may be 14. In another example, n may be 77 and m may be 16.
- In various embodiments, the liposomal composition may further include a nonradioactive magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) contrast enhancing agent that may be at least one of encapsulated by or bound to the membrane. For example, the nonradioactive magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) contrast enhancing agent may be both encapsulated by and bound to the membrane, e.g., to provide a dual contrast agent liposome. The liposomal composition may be characterized by a per-particle relaxivity in mM−1 s−1 of at least about one or more of about: 100,000, 125,000, 150,000, 165,000, 180,000, 190,000, and 200,000. Detecting the liposomal formulation may include detecting using magnetic resonance imaging, for example, in a magnetic field range of between about 1 T to about 3.5 T, or about 1.5 to about 3 T. The nonradioactive MRI contrast enhancing agent may include gadolinium. For example, the nonradioactive MRI contrast enhancing agent may include (diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid)-bis(stearylamide), gadolinium salt (Gd-DTPA-BSA). Gadolinium paramagnetic chelates such as GdDTPA, GdDOTA, GdHPDO3A, GdDTPA-BMA, and GdDTPA-BSA are known MR contrast agents. See U.S. Pat. No. 5,676,928 issued to Klaveness et al., which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
- In some embodiments, the membrane may include one or more stabilizing excipients. The one or more stabilizing excipients may include a sterol, e.g., cholesterol, or a fatty acid.
- In several embodiments, the membrane may include a first phospholipid. The membrane may include a second phospholipid. The second phospholipid may be derivatized with a hydrophilic polymer that may include, for example, a hydrophilic poly(alkylene oxide). The hydrophilic poly(alkylene oxide) may include between about 10 and about 100 repeat units. The hydrophilic poly(alkylene oxide) may include, for example, poly(ethylene oxide), poly (propylene oxide) and the like. As used herein, the phospholipid moieties in each of the “first phospholipid,” the “second phospholipid,” and in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate are selected independently.
- In various embodiments, the membrane of the liposome composition may include: DPPC; cholesterol; diethylenetriamine pentaacetic acid)-bis(stearylamide), gadolinium salt; and 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine-N-[methoxy (polyethylene glycol)-2000](“DSPE-mPEG-2000”; CAS No. 147867-65-0). The phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by one of the following structural formula:
- The variable n may be any integer from about 10 to about 100, for example, about 60 to about 100, about 70 to about 90, about 75 to about 85, or about 77. The variable m may be one of: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18. For example, n may be 77 and m may be 14. In another example, n may be 77 and m may be 16.
- In various embodiments, one or more alternative amyloid ligands in addition to the aromatic moieties and compounds described herein may include, for example, Congo red and its derivatives, Thioflavin T and its derivatives, and Chrysamine G and its derivatives. Such alternative amyloid ligands may be conjugated with a hydrophilic polymer, e.g., PEG (having, e.g., a molecular weight ranging from 500-10,000 Da) and the like, and a lipid, e.g., DPPC, DSPE, DSPC, DPPE, and the like, to form a lipid-hydrophilic polymer-amyloid ligand conjugate. For example, the lipid-polymer-amyloid ligand conjugate may be incorporated into the liposomal composition described herein.
- In various embodiments, a method for imaging amyloid deposits in a subject is provided. The method may include introducing into the subject a detectable quantity of a liposomal composition. The method may include allowing sufficient time for the liposomal composition to be associated with one or more amyloid deposits. The method may include detecting the liposomal composition associated with the one or more amyloid deposits. The liposomal composition of the method may include a membrane. A nonradioactive magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) contrast enhancing agent may be at least one of encapsulated by or bound to the membrane. The membrane may include a phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate. The aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by Structural Formula I:
-
—X—Ar—R1-Het (I) - or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Structural Formula I, X may be —R2—O— or —R2—N(R3)—. R1 may be C2-C6 alkyl or alkenyl. R2 may be a linking group including 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R2 may include one of: alkylene or alkoxyalkylene. R3 may be hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, or C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl. Ar may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Ar may include at least one aromatic or heteroaromatic ring. Het may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Het may include at least one heteroaromatic ring. The aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Formula I may further be substituted. For example, R2 may be substituted with zero, one or more of: hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl. Ar, Het, R1, and R3 other than hydrogen may be independently substituted with zero, one or more of: halogen; —OH; alkyl, aryl, —O-aryl or —(O-alkylene)1-6, optionally substituted with —OH or halogen; —NH2; —NH-alkyl; —N-dialkyl; carboxyl; sulfonyl; carbamoyl; and glycosyl.
- In various embodiments, the liposomal composition and the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate used in the method may include any values described herein for the liposomal composition and the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate.
- In some embodiments, the detecting may include detecting using magnetic resonance imaging. In another example, the detecting may include detecting by fluorescence imaging (FI). The detecting may include detecting by SPECT imaging and/or PET imaging, and the non-radioactive contrast enhancing agent may be replaced with a radioactive contrast enhancing agent. The radioactive contrast enhancing agent may include, for example, those agents deemed appropriate for use with SPECT imaging and/or PET imaging in the National Institute of Health's Molecular Imaging and Contrast Agent Database (“MICAD”). Any other suitable type of imaging methodology known by those skilled in the art is contemplated, including, but not limited to, PET imaging.
- In various embodiments, the method may include diagnosing the patient with Alzheimer's disease according to detecting the liposomal composition associated with the one or more amyloid deposits.
- In some embodiments, the method may include identifying the patient as potentially having Alzheimer's disease according to detecting the liposomal composition associated with the one or more amyloid deposits. The method may include subjecting the patient to an analysis for tau neurofibrillary tangles, for example, a PET analysis for tau neurofibrillary tangles. The method may include, upon determining the presence of tau neurofibrillary tangles in conjunction with detecting the liposomal composition associated with the one or more amyloid deposits, diagnosing the patent with Alzheimer's disease.
- In various embodiments, the liposomal composition and the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate used in the method may include any values described herein for the liposomal composition and the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate.
- In various embodiments, a kit for imaging amyloid deposits in a subject is provided. The kit may include any liposomal composition described herein. The instructions may direct a user to introduce into the subject a detectable quantity of the liposomal composition. The instructions may direct the user to allow sufficient time for the liposomal composition to be associated with one or more amyloid deposits. The instructions may direct the user to detect the liposomal composition associated with the one or more amyloid deposits. The liposomal composition of the kit may include a membrane. A nonradioactive magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) contrast enhancing agent may be at least one of encapsulated by or bound to the membrane. The membrane may include a phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate. The aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate may be represented by Structural Formula I:
-
—X—Ar—R1-Het (I) - or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In the aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Structural Formula I, X may be —R2—O— or —R2—N(R3)—. R1 may be C2-C6 alkyl or alkenyl. R2 may be a linking group including 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R2 may include one of: alkylene or alkoxyalkylene. R3 may be hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, or C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl. Ar may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Ar may include at least one aromatic or heteroaromatic ring. Het may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Het may include at least one heteroaromatic ring. The aromatic moiety in the phospholipid-polymer-aromatic conjugate represented by Formula I may further be substituted. For example, R2 may be substituted with zero, one or more of: hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl. Ar, Het, R1, and R3 other than hydrogen may be independently substituted with zero, one or more of: halogen; —OH; alkyl, —O-alkyl, aryl, —O-aryl or —(O-alkylene)1-6 optionally substituted with —OH or halogen; —NH2; —NH-alkyl; —N-dialkyl; carboxyl; sulfonyl; carbamoyl; and glycosyl.
- In various embodiments, the instructions may direct a user to carry out any of the method steps described herein. For example, the instructions may direct a user to diagnose the patient with Alzheimer's disease according to detecting the liposomal composition associated with the one or more amyloid deposits.
- In some embodiments, the instructions may direct a user to identify the patient as potentially having Alzheimer's disease according to detecting the liposomal composition associated with the one or more amyloid deposits. The instructions may direct the user to subject the patient to an analysis for tau neurofibrillary tangles, for example, a PET analysis for tau neurofibrillary tangles. The instructions may direct the user to diagnose the patent with Alzheimer's disease upon determining the presence of tau neurofibrillary tangles in conjunction with detecting the liposomal composition associated with the one or more amyloid deposits.
- Certain embodiments are described below in the form of examples. It is impossible to depict every potential application of the invention. Thus, while the embodiments are described in considerable detail, it is not the intention to restrict or in any way limit the scope of the appended claims to such detail, or to any particular embodiment.
- General: All reagents were obtained from Sigma-Aldrich (St. Louis, Mo.) and used without further purification. Proton nuclear magnetic resonances (1H NMR) spectra were recorded at 600 MHz on a Bruker 600 NMR spectrometer (Bruker, Billerica, Mass.). Carbon nuclear magnetic resonances (13C NMR) spectra were recorded at 150 MHz on a Bruker 600 NMR spectrometer. Chemical shifts are reported in parts per million (ppm) from an internal standard acetone (2.05 ppm), chloroform (7.26 ppm), or dimethylsulfoxide (2.50 ppm) for 1H NMR; and from an internal standard of either residual acetone (206.26 ppm), chloroform (77.00 ppm), or dimethylsulfoxide (39.52 ppm) for 13C NMR. NMR peak multiplicities are denoted as follows: s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), q (quartet), bs (broad singlet), dd (doublet of doublet), tt (triplet of triplet), ddd (doublet of doublet of doublet), and m (multiplet). Coupling constants (J) are given in hertz (Hz). High resolution mass spectra (HRMS) were obtained from The Ohio State University Mass Spectrometry and Proteomics Facility, Columbus Ohio; HRMS and matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (MALDI) spectra were also obtained from Mass Spectrometry Unit of the BioScience Research Collaborative at Rice University, Houston, Tex. Thin layer chromatography (TLC) was performed on
silica gel 60 F254 plates (EMD Chemical Inc., Gibbstown, N.J.) and components were visualized by ultraviolet light (254 nm) and/or phosphomolybdic acid, 20 wt % solution in ethanol. SiliFlash silica gel (230-400 mesh) was used for all column chromatography. - The following methods may be used or adapted to synthesize Compounds i-xiii as depicted in
FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 1C . -
- Compound i was prepared by reacting 4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzaldehyde (466 mg, 3.06 mmol) with 4-methylpyrimidine (140 μL, 1.53 mmol) and potassium tert-butoxide (687 mg, 6.12 mmol) in N,N-dimethyl formamide (24 mL). The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and Compound i was isolated by silica gel chromatography using an ethyl acetate/methanol/hexane solvent mixture. (E)-2-methoxy-4-[2-(pyrimidin-4-yl)vinyl]phenol (Compound i): 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 600 MHz) δ 9.51 (bs, OH), 9.08 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 8.70 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=16.2 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (dd, J=5.4, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=1.5, Hz, 1H), 7.15 (dd, J=8.0, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=16.2 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (DMSO-d6, 150 MHz) δ 162.16, 158.38, 157.39, 148.46, 147.93, 137.25, 126.98, 122.53, 122.21, 118.48, 115.60, 110.71, 55.62; HRMS clcd for C13H12N2O2+m/z (M+H)+229.0972, found 229.0981.
-
- Various O- and N-hydroxyethyl compounds and derivatives may be prepared as follows. For example, Compound i may be treated with ethylene carbonate to produce the corresponding alkoxylated derivative. Further, for example, Compounds ii, iv, and v may be prepared by reacting the corresponding aniline derivative with ethylene oxide, where R3═R4=alkyl, e.g., methyl. The reaction may include the addition of an acid, or Lewis acid. The reaction may include reaction temperatures above ambient temperature. The preparation of dialkoxylated compounds, such as Compounds iii and vi may include 2 equiv of epoxide, where, e.g., R3═H and R4 may be a second hydroxyethyl group (CH2CH2OH). Alternatively, either O- or N-hydroxyethyl compounds or derivatives may be prepared by an alkylation with a β-hydroxyhalide, such as 2-bromoethanol (not illustrated). The O- and N-hydroxyethyl compounds may be used as substrates for the corresponding glycerol derivatives as described in Example 7.
- N-hydroxyethyl Compounds ii-vi may alternatively be prepared by reductive amination with 2-hydroxyethanal (glycolaldehyde) in the presence of hydrogen and a catalyst, such as Pd/C. Homologated derivatives may readily be prepared under similar conditions with an appropriate hydroxyaldehyde, such as 3-hydroxypropanal (n=2), 4-hydroxylbutanal (n=3), 5-hydroxypentanal (n=4), or 6-hydroxyhexanal (n=5).
-
- In one example, Compound ii was prepared by reacting N-methyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-4-aminobenzaldehyde (200 mg, 1.12 mmol) with 4-methylpyrimidine (112 μL, 1.23 mmol) and potassium tert-butoxide (376 mg, 3.35 mmol) in N,N-dimethyl formamide (10 mL) for 4 hours at 80° C. The resulting mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, filtered through celite and concentrated. Silica gel chromatography using an ethyl acetate/methanol/hexane solvent gradient yielded Compound ii (E-isomer) (184 mg, 0.72 mmol, 64%), Z-isomer (18 mg, 0.07 mmol, 6%), and E/Z-isomer mixture (39 mg, 0.15 mmol, 14%). (E)-2-{methyl[4-(2-(pyrimidin-4-yl)vinyl)phenyl]amino}ethanol (Compound ii): 1H NMR (CDCl3, 600 MHz) δ 8.91 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 8.45 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (dd, J=6.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.46 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (DMSO-d6, 150 MHz) δ 163.80, 157.60, 155.80, 150.59, 139.19, 129.54, 123.21, 119.48, 117.83, 115.13, 111.91, 59.13, 54.35, 38.82; HRMS clcd for C15H17N3O+m/z (M+H)+256.1444, found 256.1372.
-
- In one example, Compound iii was prepared by reacting 4-(bis(hydroxyethyl)amino)benzaldehyde (234 mg, 1.12 mmol) with of -4-methylpyrimidine (112 μL, 1.23 mmol) and of potassium tert-butoxide (376 mg, 3.35 mmol) in N,N-dimethyl formamide (10 mL) for 12 hours at 80° C. The resulting mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and filtered through celite and concentrated. Compound iii was isolated as the major component of a mixture by silica gel chromatography using an ethyl acetate/methanol/hexane solvent system. (E)-2,2′-{[4-(2-(pyrimidin-4-yl)vinyl)phenyl]azanediyl}diethanol (Compound iii): 1H NMR (MeOD. 600 MHz) δ 9.02 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 8.61 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.53 (dd, J=6.0, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 3.71 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 4H), 3.57 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 4H); 13C NMR (DMSO-d6, 150 MHz) δ 165.23, 159.17, 157.76, 149.72, 139.99, 130.84, 125.87, 121.64, 119.42, 113.66, 51.36, 50.08; HRMS clcd for C16H19N3O2+m/z (M+H)+286.1550, found 286.1546.
-
- Compound A was prepared by adding 4-toluenesulfonyl chloride (301 mg, 1.58 mmol) to a solution of Compound iii (300 mg, 1.05 mmol) in pyridine (10 mL) at 0° C. and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and N,N-dimethyl formamide (15 mL) was added to the crude tosylate residue. Sodium azide (410 mg, 6.31 mmol) was added to the solution and the resulting mixture was heated at 60° C. overnight. The N,N-dimethyl formamide solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting slurry was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed brine (15 mL). The aqueous layer was back extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. Compound A (122 mg, 0.40 mmol, 38%) and the undesired di-azido product (123 mg, 0.37 mmol, 35%) were isolated by silica gel chromatography using an ethyl acetate/methanol/hexane (9.5:9.5:1) solvent mixture. The procedures described in Examples 4A and 4B may be applied to other hydroxy alkyl compounds such as Compounds ii, iv, v, or vi, to produce the corresponding azides.
-
- In one example, Compound iv was prepared by reacting 4-(bis(hydroxylethyl)amino)benzaldehyde (250 mg, 1.20 mmol) with benzothiazole (178 mg, 1.32 mmol) and potassium tert-butoxide (404 mg, 3.6 mmol) in N,N-dimethyl formamide (10 mL) for 5 hours in a sealed bomb. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite. Compound iv (89 mg, 0.26 mmol, 22%) was isolated by silica gel chromatography using an ethyl acetate/methanol/hexane solvent mixture.
-
- Compounds v, vi, vii, and viii may be readily prepared by first reacting the corresponding 4-aminobenzaldehyde under standard Takai conditions (e.g., triiodomethane (iodoform), chromium dichloride, in tetrahydrofuran for 3 h at 0° C.) to afford the corresponding vinyl iodide. Reaction of the vinyl iodide with (6-hydroxypyridin-3-yl)boronic acid under Suzuki conditions (e.g., Pd(0) catalyst, cesium carbonate, toluene/ethanol/water(4:4:1), 12 h, 70° C.), followed by silica gel chromatography using an ethyl acetate/methanol/hexane solvent mixture may produce Compounds v, vi, vii, and viii.
-
- Azide compounds E1 and E2 may be prepared by converting the corresponding alcohol, such as one of Compounds ii, iii, iv, v, or vi into a suitable leaving group, such as a tosylate, mesylate, triflate, or halide. Reaction with glycerol may displace the suitable leaving group to generate glycerol-substituted Compounds B. Alternatively, Compound B may be directly prepared by reaction of Compounds ii, iii, iv, v, or vi with 2-oxiranemethanol. Chemoselective functionalization of the more reactive primary alcohol in Compounds B, for example, by tosylation, mesylation, triflation, or halogenation, may provide Compounds C and/or epoxide Compounds D. Treating Compounds C or D with an azide source such as sodium azide may furnish primary azide Compounds E1. Compounds E2 may be prepared by a sequence of reactions beginning with a chemoselective protection of a primary alcohol in Compound B, such as a silyl ether. Subsequently converting the free secondary alcohol into a suitable leaving group, such as a tosylate, followed by substitution with sodium azide, may give Compound E2 after deprotection. Alternatively, the protecting group may be removed after conjugation, e.g., after conjugating via the [3+2] cyclization reaction, as illustrated in Example 8.
-
- To a solution of DSPE-PEG34K-NH2 (1.0 g, 0.24 mmol), pyridine (5 mL, 62.1 mmol), and chloroform (5 mL) was added propargyl chloroformate (50 μL, 0.51 mmol). The resulting mixture was allowed to stir at ambient temperature overnight. The chloroform was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was diluted with a 1:4 EtOH:H2O solution (20 mL). The solution containing the crude carbamate was loaded into a 2000 MWCO dialysis bag and dialyzed against MES buffer (50 mM, 5 L) for 12 h and twice against water (5 L) for 12 h each. The solution was freeze-dried and the product (1.08 g, quant.) was obtained as a grey powder, the molecular weight of which was confirmed by MALDI.
- Subsequently, the product (600 mg, 0.14 mmol) was added to Compound A (84 mg, 0.27 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) followed by the addition of THF (3 mL) and water (2 mL). Sodium ascorbate (27 mg, 0.14 mmol) and copper(II) acetate (2.7 mg, 0.014 mmol) were subsequently added and the resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was diluted with a 1:4 EtOH:H2O solution (20 mL). The solution containing the crude triazole was loaded into a 2000 MWCO dialysis bag and dialyzed against MES buffer (50 mM, 5 L) and twice against water (5 L) for 12 h each. The solution was freeze-dried and the corresponding conjugate (565 mg, 0.12 mmol, 87%) was obtained as a colorless powder.
-
FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 1C show C Log P values and structures for various compounds in table form, including Compounds 1-xiii, and known compounds MeXO4, SB-13 and Florbetapir. C Log P is the log of the partition coefficient for relative concentrations of the compound in octanol vs water as Log[Conc., octanol/Conc. Water]. Lower C Log P values correspond to greater hydrophilicity. While MeXO4 exhibits high affinity for amyloid plaques, we reasoned that the stilbene structures in SB-13 and the clinically used Florbetapir may provide sensitivity and specificity in binding. We further reasoned that benzothiazole or pyrimidyl moieties may generate analogues with lower C Log Ps and increased H-bonding potential, compared to known compounds. In addition, capping the nitrogen with hydroxyethyl group(s) could further increase the hydrophilicity and increase the potential for the ligand to remain floating in an aqueous medium external to the liposome instead of inserting into the lipid bilayer of the liposome. Accordingly, Compounds such as i-xiii were therefore devised with side-chain modifications generally expected to increase the hydrophilicity of the stilbene core to enhance a ligand's ability to be presented on a liposome surface without destabilizing the bilayer. Compounds i-xiii are each more hydrophilic than previous compound MeXO4 by several orders of magnitude. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that higher hydrophilicity may facilitate interaction and binding with amyloid beta fibrils, for example, by increasing the presence of the corresponding compounds in the hydrophilic environment outside of the liposomes in a configuration available for binding, by increasing binding interactions with amyloid beta fibrils, and the like. - Nonionic groups such as hydroxy and methoxy were selected to promote hydrophilicity without increasing the ionic character, out of concern that increased ionic character may reduce BBB permeability. Compounds i, ii, and iii had the three lowest C Log P values (1.56, 1.80, and 1.06, respectively). Spectrofluorometric testing showed that compounds ii and iii both had absorption and emission maxima at 404 nm and 550 nm, while compound i exhibited an absorption maximum at 346 nm without a visible emission maximum. Compounds ii and iii may be used for ease of detection by fluorescence and relatively low C Log P values.
- Aβ fibrils were synthesized according to the method of Klunk et al. Ann Neurol, 2004; 55:306-19, the entire teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference. Briefly, Aβ(1-40) peptide (rPeptide, Bogart, Ga.) was dissolved in phospho-buffered saline, pH 7.4 to a final concentration of 433 μg/mL (100 μM). The solution was stirred using a magnetic stir bar at 700 rpm for 4 h at room temperature to drive the formation of fibrils. The stock solution was aliquoted and stored at −80° C. for future use. The stock solutions were stirred thoroughly before removing aliquots for binding assays to maintain a homogenous suspension of fibrils. The stock solutions were stirred thoroughly prior to removing aliquots for binding assays, to insure a homogenous suspension of fibrils.
- Binding Assay:
- The binding affinity of the compounds or compound-labeled liposomes with the amyloid fibrils was measured by following methods. Ligand-labeled liposomes, ligand stock solutions, and Chrysamine G for competition assays were diluted with 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4 to 500 nM. Fibril stock solution was mixed with a stock solution of the compound or the compound-labeled liposomes in a 200 μL reaction mix to give a final concentration of fibrils (20 μM) with test compounds varying from 0.0625-2.0 μM. The binding mixture was incubated at room temperature for 1 h. Subsequently, the incubated binding mixture was centrifuged for 20 min at 16,400 rpm to separate the fibrils. The fibril precipitate was washed twice with Tris-HCl. Fluorescence was then measured in a FilterMax F-5 multi-mode plate reader (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, Calif.), using excitation and emission wavelengths of 405 nm and 535 nm, respectively. Competitive binding assays used 20 μM of fibrils, 1.0 μM test compounds and varying amounts of the non-fluorescent competitor, Chrysamine G and incubated for 1 h.
-
FIG. 2 is a binding profile showing the binding of Compound ii to fibrils, plotted as relative fluorescence unit (RFU) versus concentration in μM.FIG. 3 is a binding profile showing the binding of Compound iii to fibrils, plotted as relative fluorescence unit (RFU) versus concentration in μM. -
FIG. 4 is a binding profile showing the binding of MeXO4 (a previous compound) to fibrils, plotted as relative fluorescence unit (RFU) versus concentration in μM. The synthesis, conjugation, liposomal formulation, and binding using prior compound MeXO4 and other related compounds, which procedures may be used with the present compounds, conjugates and liposome compositions, are described in Annapragada, et al., U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/441,816, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. - As shown in
FIGS. 2-4 , Compounds ii and iii showed much higher binding compared to prior compound MeXO4. For example, at a concentration of 1 μM, Compound ii bound at 35 m RFU, Compound iii bound at 400 k RFU, whereas previous compound MeXO4 bound at less than 100 k RFU. -
FIGS. 5A-D illustrate aspects of the binding of Compounds ii and iii.FIG. 5A is a graph showing that Compounds ii and iii bind to amyloid fibrils plotted as relative fluorescence unit (RFU) versus concentration in μM.FIG. 5B is a competitive binding profile showing the binding of Compounds ii and iii, each bound stably to fibrils in suspension in competition with Chrysamine-G, plotted as % bound versus concentration of Chrysamine-G in μM, consistent with specificity to the Thioflavin binding site. This shows that Compounds ii and iii are indeed capable of binding to amyloid plaques, even being relatively hydrophilic. -
FIG. 5C is a fluorescent microscopy image showing that Compound iii specifically stains amyloid plaques in a section of human brain tissue from the frontal cortex of an AD autopsy case. -
FIG. 5D is a fluorescent microscopy image showing that Compound iii labels cerebral amyloid angiopathy in aged dog brain tissue. Images were collected on an Olympus BX-51 epifluorescent microscope using the broadpass filter. Green labeling represents Compound iii while yellow represents nonspecific autofluorescence. Scale bars represent 50 μm in length. - Compound iii solutions in PBS were incubated with frontal cortex tissue obtained from autopsy of an 88 year old AD patient (the University of Kentucky Institutional Review Board approved the use of human tissue for the study; informed consent was obtained prior to autopsy) and a 12.3 year old canine. Both the human and canine tissues had Alzheimer's amyloid pathology confirmed from previous studies. 50 μm thick free-floating sections were mounted on slides and allowed to dry overnight. Slides were then washed in PBS (3×5 min) and incubated in Compound iii solution (1 mM) for 2 hours and then again washed 3×5 min in PBS, and coverslipped in Vectashield mounting medium with DAPI (Vector Laboratories, Burlingame, Calif.). Sections were imaged on an Olympus BX-51 microscope with a broadpass filter (Olympus Corporation of the Americas, Center Valley, Pa.).
-
FIG. 6 is a competitive binding profile showing the binding of previous compound MeXO4 and liposomal MeXO4, each to fibrils in competition with Chrysamine-G, plotted as % bound versus concentration of Chrysamine-G in μM. As shown inFIGS. 5A, 5B , and 6, Compounds ii and iii show much higher competitive binding versus Chrysamine-G compared to prior compound MeXO4 or liposomal MeXO4. For example, at a Chrysamine-G concentration of 1 μM, Compound ii was about 45% bound and Compound iii was about 55% bound. By contrast, prior compound MeXO4 was about 20% bound and liposomal MeXO4 was about 5% bound. -
FIG. 7A is a graph of compound-labeled liposome binding profiles, showing the amount of the conjugate of DSPE-PEG-Compound iii bound to 20 μM fibrils, plotted versus the concentration of DSPE-PEG-Compound iii in the liposome compositions. -
FIG. 7B is a graph showing fibril binding data and a calculated fit for estimation of the binding constant for Compound it to fibrils at Kd=5.0 μM.FIG. 7C is a graph showing fibril binding data and a calculated fit for estimation of the binding constant for Compound iii to fibrils at Kd=5.0 μM.FIG. 7D is a graph showing fibril binding data and a calculated fit for estimation of the binding constant for liposomes bearing DSPE-PEG-Compound iii to fibrils at Kd=3.3 μM. Binding to fibrils was quantified by measuring the fluorescence of the respective binding agent to washed fibrils. The data was fitted to a monolayer binding equation; Kd=1/Kb. - To measure particle size, periodic samples from the extrusion process and a final sample after diafiltration were diluted in PBS and measured on a goniometer based dynamic light scattering system (BI-90, Brookhaven Instruments Corporation, Holtsville, N.Y.) attached to an autocorrelation system. A 532 nm solid state laser was used as the light source, and the concentration of the sample adjusted until discriminated detection with a photomultiplier tube at 90° yielded ˜100 kcounts per second (kcps). Correlation functions were measured using an exponentially spaced set of correlator bins, insuring at least 10 channels capturing the initial exponential drop of the correlation function, and 10 channels capturing the long term decay. Correlation functions were averaged for 2 minutes for each sample, using a dust-discrimination algorithm that eliminated correlation function slices that showed long term correlation functions significantly higher than baseline, indicating contamination with large particle sizes characteristic of dust. The resulting averaged correlation functions were analyzed using the CONTIN algorithm, and the volume averaged distributions used to estimate a mean size and standard deviation. All distributions were practically unimodal (>=99% of volume in the main peak).
- Stability of the preparations was measured in PBS and reconstituted bovine plasma (RBP). An aliquot of the preparation was diluted 10× with either PBS or RBP and 200 μL of the diluted material placed in a dialysis bag, which was in turn placed in 200 mL PBS and slowly stirred for 24 hours. Samples of the external buffer were taken periodically during the 24 hour period and assayed for Gd content by ICP-AES. Leakage in bovine plasma was <5% in both buffer and bovine plasma.
-
FIG. 8 is a table showing the mean diameters and polydispersity indices of liposomes prepared with one of the MeXO4 targeting ligand, Compound iii, or PEGylated liposomes with no ligand. All liposomes included bis-stearylamide-DTPA-Gd in the bilayer, Gd-BOPTA (Gadobenate dimeglumine) in the liposome core interior, DPPC (55%), and cholesterol (40%). The liposomes were prepared by extrusion through track-etch membranes, including 5 extrusion passes through 400/200 nm membranes and 5 extrusion passes through 100 nm membranes targeted to give a mean diameter around 100-150 nm and a low polydispersity index, e.g., as demonstrated by the PEGylated liposomes with no ligand. - The MeXO4 liposomes however, exhibit a larger diameter and polydispersity, consistent with interference of the MeXO4 ligand with the bilayer as confirmed by negative stain electron microscopy (see also
FIG. 9A ). The replacement of the XO4 ligand with Compound iii resulted in liposomes of less than about 150 nm in diameter, with a low polydispersity. On incubation with reconstituted bovine plasma at 37° C. for 24 hours (plasma leak test), the Gd remained practically 100% associated with the particles, confirming that the modified ligand yielded a stable bilayer. Hydrophobic ligands like MeXO4 are believed to re-enter the bilayer and compromise its integrity, as reflected in the larger diameter of the resulting particles. A more hydrophilic ligand like Compound iii better maintains bilayer integrity and particle size post-extrusion. - Preparation of liposomes: 1,2-dihexadecanoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DPPC) and cholesterol were purchased from Lipoid Inc., Newark N.J., USA. DSPE-PEG3400-Compound iii was prepared as described above. 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine-N-[methoxy(polyethylene glycol)-2000] (DSPE-MPEG2000) was purchased from Corden Pharma, Liestahl, Switzerland. DPPC, cholesterol, DSPE-MPEG2000, bis-stearylamine-DTPA-Gd (BSA-DTPA-Gd), and DSPE-PEG3400-Compound iii at molar proportions DPPC:BSA-DTPA-Gd:cholesterol:DSPE-MPEG2000:DSPE-PEG3400-Compound iii::31:25:40:2:2) were dissolved in ethanol to achieve a total concentration of 150 mM. A 65 μM solution of ICG was made in 500 mM of gadobenate dimeglumine. The ethanolic solution of lipids was hydrated with a ten-fold excess of the ICG/gadobenate dimeglumine solution at 65° C. for 30 minutes, allowing multilamellar liposomes to form. The mixture was then extruded in a 10 mL Lipex extruder (Northern Lipids Inc., Burnaby, Canada) using a 200 nm polycarbonate track-etch filter (10 passes) followed by a 100 nm polycarbonate filter (10 passes). The suspension was then diafiltered using a MICROKROS® (Spectrum Laboratories, Inc., Rancho Dominguez, Calif.) cross-flow diafiltration cartridge (500 kD cutoff), exchanging the external buffer for phosphate buffered saline (PBS, pH 7.2) for 15 volume exchanges.
- ICG content was measured by near-IR fluorescence (excitation 780 nm/emission 820 nm) in the diafiltrate at every volume exchange, and after the first volume exchange, practically no ICG was detected. The vast majority of the ICG lost from the retentate was present in the first volume exchange. Of the starting ICG, ˜95% was estimated to remain associated with the liposomes.
- Phosphorus and Gd content of the diafiltered product were measured using Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry (ICP-AES). Of the starting Gd, practically 100% remained associated with the liposomes.
- Interference of the MeXO4 ligand with the bilayer was confirmed by negative stain electron microscopy.
FIG. 9A shows negative stain TEM images of liposomes bearing DSPE-PEG-XO4 in the bilayer.FIG. 9B shows negative stain TEM images of liposomes bearing untargeted liposomes (identical bilayer structure, with no MeXO4). The negative stain used was 1% uranyl acetate. Note the involuted and incomplete spheroids in the left hand image, consistent with the MeXO4 ligand interfering with and disrupting the bilayer. By contrast, the absence of MeXO4 and presence of Compound iii leads to consistent spheroidal structures typical of liposomes. - Replacement of the MeXO4 ligand with Compound iii resulted in liposomes that were once again close to 100 nm in diameter, with a low polydispersity. Moreover, after incubation with reconstituted bovine plasma at 37° C. for 24 hours, the Gd remained practically 100% associated with the particles, confirming that the modified ligand yielded a stable bilayer.
- Liposomes were prepared decorated with surface Gd chelates on the surface of the lipid bilayer (Gd chelates conjugated to a lipid anchor BSA-DTPA-Gd such that bis-stearyl chains insert into the bilayer of the liposomes). These liposomes demonstrated high Gd molar relaxivity at low field strengths as shown in
FIG. 10A . InFIG. 10A , the example liposomes are compared to a free Gd chelate (GadobenateDimelglumine, MULTIHANCE™, Bracco Imaging, Monroe Township, N.J.) at lower field strengths, but the difference erodes at higher field strengths to the point where at 9.4 T, the free chelate is more relaxive than the surface presentation - At higher field strengths however, this enhancement of relaxivity is reduced, and at the highest field strength tested (9.4 T) the surface Gd is less relaxive than the free chelate. Taking advantage of the relaxivity enhancement at low field strengths, we tested formulations with up to 25% of the liposome bilayer consisting of BSA-DTPA-Gd. The liposomes were stable, exhibiting no measurable loss of Gd upon storage under refrigerated conditions for up to 8 weeks. The resulting particles have extremely high relaxivity on a per-particle basis, as shown in
FIG. 10B . On a particle basis, a relaxivity of ˜190,000 mM−1 s−1 was achieved at 1 T. - 1.5, 3, 4.7, 7 and 9.4 T measurements were made on individual MRI instruments. 1.4 T measurement was made on a Bruker Minispec MQ60 relaxometer (Bruker, Billerica Mass.). 1 T measurements were made on an Aspect M2 permanent magnet MRI instrument (Aspect Imaging, Shoham Israel). T1 measurements on the relaxometer were performed at 37° C. whereas measurements on MRI instruments were performed at standard temperature (18-20° C.).
- All animal experiments conducted at the Baylor College of Medicine were approved by the Baylor Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee. All animal experiments at MD Anderson Cancer Center were approved by the MDA Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee. All studies were in conformance with the NC3RS-ARRIVE criteria. Tg2576 mice were purchased from Taconic Biosciences, Inc., Hudson, N.Y. TetO/APP mice were a kind gift of Dr. Joanna Jankowsky at Baylor College of Medicine. All APP− control animals were age-matched non-transgenic littermates of APP+ animals in this study. All TG2576 mice were imaged on a 1.0 T Bruker Icon system (Bruker Instruments, Billerica, Mass.) at MD Anderson Cancer Center. All TetO/APP mice were imaged on an 1.0 T Aspect M2 system (Aspect Imaging, Shoham, Israel). Note that these two scanner instruments are built on identical hardware, both manufactured by Aspect Imaging. Only the software interface is different. All imaging parameters were identical on the two instruments.
- Anesthesia was induced in an isoflurane inhalation box using 5% isoflurane in air. Mice were then placed on a custom fabricated sled with integral face-cone for continued anesthesia delivery by inhalation (1.5-3% isoflurane in air) and transferred to the magnet cavity. A pre-contrast image of the brain was acquired using a 2D multi-slice spin echo sequence with the following parameters: TE=32 ms, TR=770 ms, slice thickness=1.2 mm, FOV=30×30 mm, matrix=156×156, 24 slices A-P. and NEX=2. Mice were then allowed to awaken and returned to their cages. 24 hours following the pre-contrast image, APP+ and APP− mice in the test group were injected with Compound iii targeted liposomes (150 mM total lipid concentration, 37.5 mM total Gd concentration,
injection volume 4 μL/g body weight, 0.15 mmol Gd/kg), while APP+ mice in the control group were injected with untargeted (i.e. no Compound iii present) liposomes with identical parameters. 4 days after injection, the mice were anesthetized and imaged again using an identical sequence. The half-life of the PEGylated liposomes prepared in this study was about 18 to 24 hours, and the 4-day interval was chosen to facilitate clearance of the unbound agent from the bloodstream, in order to reduce background signal. - Samples with Gd concentrations from 0.25 to 1.0 mM were prepared by diluting liposomal preparations in PBS. T1 relaxation measurements were then performed on a 60 Hz Bruker minispec MQ benchtop relaxometer (Bruker Instruments, Billerica, Mass.). Longitudinal relaxation times (T1) were obtained using an inversion recovery sequence. A plot of relaxation rate (1/T1) against Gd concentration yielded a straight line with slope defined as the T1 relaxivity (rl). For relaxivity measurements at higher field strengths (1.5 T to 9.4 T), the same samples were imaged on corresponding MRI instruments using T1-weighted fast spoiled gradient echo (FSPGR) sequence. The slope of 1/T1 versus concentration plot was used to estimate the relaxivity at each field strength.
- Dual-Gd liposomes, targeted to amyloid plaques using the Compound iii ligand were therefore tested for their ability to image amyloid plaques in mice. The dual-Gd/Compound iii liposomes were injected intravenously into mice, and scanned 4-days later using a T1-weighted spin echo sequence (TE=32 ms, TR=770 ms) on a 1 T MRI scanner. The dual-Gd/Compound iii liposomes resulted in signal enhancement, in patterns characteristic of amyloid deposition, in two distinct strains of amyloid bearing mice (15 month old TetO/APPswe-ind and 9 month old Tg2576). Pre-injection scans of the same mice and amyloid-negative mice similarly injected, as well as amyloid positive mice injected with an untargeted version of the same particles (i.e. no Compound iii) yielded no signal in comparison. The 4-day delay was designed to allow unbound liposomes to clear from the circulation. PEGylated liposomes have a circulation half life of about 24 hours, and past experience suggested the 4-day delay was sufficient for near complete elimination of liposomes from the blood pool.
- Histology: Immediately after the 4-day post images were acquired, the mice were sacrificially perfused with saline followed by 10% formalin, the brain was excised and submerged in 10% formalin for 24 hours, then transferred to 30% sucrose and refrigerated until the brain sank (usually about 72 hours). Whole brain NIR imaging was performed at this stage. The brain was then embedded in OCT solution and stored at −80° C. prior to serial sectioning. Sections were cut at 30 m thickness, washed in tris-buffered saline with 0.2% tween. For amyloid antibody staining, sections were incubated in 5% normal donkey serum for 1 hour, followed by incubation with anti-amyloid β antibody (4G8, from Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.) in 3% NDS at 4° C. overnight. Sections were then washed, and incubated with a FITC or Cy5-tagged dylight649 anti-mouse IgG secondary antibody, mounted and coverslipped using Vectashield mounting medium (Vector Laboratories, Burlingame Calif.) and imaged using the appropriate filter set.
- Exemplary images from this study are shown in
FIGS. 11A-F . T1 weighted MR imaging of amyloid plaques in mouse models, pre- and 4 days post i.v. injection of nanoparticle MR agent. A 2D Spin-echo sequence, (TE=32 ms, TR=770 ms, slice thickness=1.2 mm, FOV=30×30 mm, matrix=156×156, and NEX=2) was used. Coronal 2D slices of the brain through the cortex and hippocampus are shown.FIG. 11A depicts results for a TetO/APPswe-ind mouse, 15 months old, wherein APP production was suppressed until 6 weeks of age by doxycycline in diet.FIG. 11B depicts results for a pre-injection scan of the mouse ofFIG. 11A .FIGS. 11C , D depict results for a Tg2576 mouse (APPswe) 9 months old and a pre-injection scan of the same mouse, respectively.FIG. 11E depicts results for a Tg2576 mouse injected with untargeted (non-amyloid-binding) particles.FIG. 11F depicts results for a non-transgenic sibling of the mouse ofFIG. 11E , injected with amyloid-targeted particles. Total signal was mapped to a “rainbow” color map using Osirix software (available online at http://www.osirix-viewer.com/). The range from the predominant blue background to green foreground represents a >2× signal increase. The range from green to yellow indicates a further 2× increase. 9 month old Tg2576 mice showed a very different pattern of labeling (pial, hippocampal and some signal in the ventricles) compared to older TetO/APP mice, (extensive cortical and hippocampal signal with no ventricular signal) suggesting slow clearance from the CSF in the Tg2576 example. 6/6 animals in each group were consistent with these images, with the exception of the Tg2576 APP+ animals, of which 2/6 showed this enhancement pattern. The remaining 4/6 showed no enhancement, and were indistinguishable from the non-transgenic sibling animals. Immunohistochemistry using the 4G8 antibody to Aβ, however, revealed that the 4 animals that showed no enhancement also did not have significant amyloid pathology in the brain. - There was therefore complete correspondence between the presence of amyloid deposits and positive MRI signal, as summarized in table form in
FIG. 12 .FIG. 12 shows amyloid pathology score by immunohistochemistry using the 4G8 antibody, imaging agent used (Compound iii targeted or control untargeted) and individual measures of nanoparticle presence in mouse brain. Semi-quantitative scoring of Aβ plaques was by a four-tier scale of 0 (none), 1 (sparse), 2 (moderate), and 3 (severe/frequent). Presence of positive signal for ICG, ligand, and MRI was denoted by an “X” and absence by a “−”. There was a near 100% correlation between the immunohistochemistry results and each of the measures of nanoparticle presence. APP+ mice of either strain (TetO/APPswe, or Tg2576) treated with the targeted agent showed positive signal in MRI, immunohistochemistry and fluorescent markers of nanoparticle presence, while APP+ mice of either strain treated with untargeted agent showed no signal, and APP− mice showed no signal regardless of treatment. The data is consistent with the targeted agent being able to access and bind amyloid plaques, while being cleared in the absence of binding, and with no binding occurring in the absence of the targeting ligand. -
FIGS. 13A-13Z represent 13 pairs of MR images representative of the data summarized inFIG. 12 . For each pair of images, the right hand image is pre-contrast and the left hand image is 3-4 days post contrast. All image pairs were arranged at the same window level and width to provide similar or identical color maps. Each image pair is identified by a mouse (strain (TetO/APP or Tg2576), genotype (APP+ or APP−), and the treatment (Compound iii-targeted particles, or untargeted particles). - The liposomes also contained ˜0.6 mole % Indocyanine Green (ICG) in the bilayer, for near-infrared imaging.
FIGS. 14A -H4 show results from near infrared imaging of mouse brains post mortem. Confocal imaging of brain sections from Tg2576 mice revealed enhanced ICG signal in the cortex and hippocampus of the transgenic mice, showing greater localization in the APP+ brain (FIG. 14A ) when compared to the non-transgenic controls (FIG. 14B ). At high magnification,FIG. 14E revealed the characteristic punctate structure of amyloid deposits corresponding toFIG. 14A ;FIG. 14F corresponds to the controls ofFIG. 14B . - The whole brains of TetO/APP+ mice showed greater near infrared fluorescence (
FIG. 14C ) than their APP− sibling controls (FIG. 14D ). Uniformly increased ICG signal localized in the APP-positive brain (FIG. 14C ), compared to overall lower signal in the APP-negative brain (FIG. 14D ) with occasional hotspots corresponding to vascular leak locations. - Using a fluorescently labeled 4G8 antibody to amyloid plaque, colocalization of the antibody (green, FIG. 14G1), ICG (red) and Compound iii (blue) was demonstrated for a cluster of 3 plaques (FIGS. 13G1-G4) and for an individual plaque (FIGS. 13H1-H4). As in the case of the MRI signal, the fluorescence signal was also consistent with the immunohistochemical measure of amyloid pathology presence, as summarized in
FIG. 12 . These results confirm that Compound iii targeted Dual-Gd liposomes can penetrate the BBB, seek out the amyloid plaques and generate sufficient signal enhance for detection using MRI at clinical field strength. - Synthetic efforts focused on the three compounds in
FIGS. 1A-1B with the lowest C Log P values (Compound ii, Compound i and Compound iii). Synthesis and purification were efficient, with overall yields around 90%. Compound ii and Compound iii were tested for amyloid fibril binding and specificity, and yielded very similar results, suggesting that amyloid binding ability is not significantly affected by the relatively high hydrophilicity of these molecules. In fact, compared to similar studies performed with MeXO4 the present molecules appear to bind amyloid fibrils much stronger than MeXO4, with only about 60% of the bound species displaced by Chrysamine G, compared to >80% for MeXO4. Compound iii was chosen as the lead candidate based on its lower C Log P value and marginally higher amyloid binding ability. - The hydrophilicity of Compound iii led to the formation of stable liposomes, without bilayer compromise, as indicated in
FIG. 8 . Liposomes with saturated lipid and cholesterol in the bilayer, when extruded through 100 nm membranes, result in liposomes with diameter around 100 nm. Particle sizes considerably larger than 100 nm are associated with bilayer destabilization, vesicle fusion, and the formation of multi-lamellar structures, as demonstrated with MeXO4 liposomes inFIG. 8 andFIG. 9 . The relatively hydrophobic MeXO4 ligand, when tethered onto a liposome surface by a flexible PEG tether, may is believed to partition into the bilayer, accounting for the compromise in bilayer stability s demonstrated with MeXO4 liposomes inFIG. 8 andFIG. 9A . Upon replacement of the MeXO4 ligand with the more hydrophilic Compound iii ligand, any propensity for the ligand to partition into the bilayer was eliminated or reduced, accounting for the retained bilayer integrity demonstrated by the data in inFIG. 8 observed for Compound iii targeted liposomes. - The ability of Compound iii to bind amyloid pathology was tested using human brain tissue obtained from autopsy of an 88 year old human AD patient. Compound iii clearly stains the human tissue in a focal pattern consistent with the staining of amyloid plaques (
FIG. 5C ). Aged canines are a natural model of beta-amyloid deposition and incubation of a section of frontal cortex from a 12.3 year old beagle in Compound i also showed CAA labeling (FIG. 5D ). - To build a nanoparticle with sufficient T1 signal to allow visualization of amyloid plaques, we adopted the Dual-Gd presentation previously demonstrated to induce enhanced Gd relaxivity. The conjugation of Gd chelates to a bis-stearyl amide anchor inserted into the bilayer may retard rotational correlation of the Gd atom, thereby increasing the rotational correlation time τR. Increased rotational correlation times of Gd chelates may lead to a peak in T1 relaxivity at low field strengths, around 1 T, while this enhancement may be greatly reduced, and eventually may be reversed at higher field strengths >7 T. This is consistent with the behavior observed (
FIG. 10A ). The T1 relaxivity of liposomal surface Gd (on a Gd molar basis) was 2.5× higher than that of a free molecular chelate at 1.4 T and 1.5 T, but at higher fields, the free molecular chelate exhibited a higher relaxivity. Accordingly, relaxivity and in vivo imaging were tested at a low (1 T) field strength. - When a targeted liposome (such as the Compound iii targeted liposome considered here) may bind to a molecular target (such as the beta sheet structure of an amyloid plaque), each molecular target may be associated with an entire liposome, and the corresponding signal in the MR image may be attributable to the entire liposome. The relaxivity on a liposome molar basis may therefore be linearly related to the signal associated with the molecular target. The relaxivity of surface Gd liposomes was therefore measured on a liposome molar basis, as a function of increasing Gd chelate concentration in the liposome bilayer. The results in
FIG. 10B show an expected linear dependence of relaxivity on the number of Gd chelates in the bilayer. At 25% of the bilayer molecules bearing a Gd chelate, the T1 relaxivity on a per-particle basis was estimated to be around 190,000 mM-1 s-1. For ˜120 nm diameter particles, this may correspond to roughly 48,000 Gd chelates per particle, of which half may be on the outer leaflet of the liposome bilayer, and half may be on the inner leaflet. Assuming that the inner leaflet Gd is not substantially active for T1 relaxation while the outer leaflet chelates are, this suggests a molar relaxivity on a per-Gd basis of roughly 8 mM-1 s-1, of the same order as that measured using the 1.4 T relaxometer (FIG. 10A ). - Upon injection administration into the bloodstream, the Compound iii targeted liposomes appeared to avidly cross the blood brain barrier and bind to amyloid plaques (
FIGS. 11A-F ). Such permeability of the blood brain barrier was consistent with past observations of the ability of MeXO4 targeted liposomes to cross the BBB and label amyloid plaques in the APP/PSEN1 mouse model of AD. Also, past observations demonstrated the ability of untargeted liposomes to cross the BBB in the TetO/APP model of AD, and demonstrated significant leakage across the BBB in age-dependent and amyloid-dependent manners. While all mice tested showed leaks in the choroid plexus, older mice (>14 months of age) showed significantly higher leak along major blood vessels, while APP+ mice showed greater leak in the cerebral cortex. The TetO/APP mice in the present study were all >14 months old and showed more widespread signal in the brain, while the Tg2576 mice were all 9-10 months old and showed less signal, concentrated around pial and cortical vessels. Further, while 6/6 TetO/APP mice showed clear signal in the brain, consistent with localization of the targeted agent, only 2/6 Tg2576 animals showed clear brain signal. Immunohistochemically, however, the same 2/6 Tg2576 animals exhibited amyloid pathology, while the remaining 4/6 did not. - Confirmation of the localization of the particles to amyloid plaques comes from the data in
FIGS. 14A -H4. Whole brain near-IR images visualizing the Indocyanine label (FIGS. 14C-D ) were consistent with increased localization in APP+ brains compared to APP− brains. Slices through the cortex and hippocampus of APP+ and APP− mice (FIGS. 14A-B ) showed significant localization in the APP+ brain, with the maximum intensity observed in the cerebral cortex and portions of the hippocampus. Significant staining was also observed in the thalamus, and was consistent with thalamic signal in the MR image (FIG. 14C ) of the same mouse. Under high magnification (FIGS. 14E-F ) of the cerebral cortex, the ICG signal in the APP+ mouse brain was seen to be both punctate, consistent with labeling of focal plaques, and along blood vessel walls, consistent with labeling of CAA. - Detailed histological examination of individual focal plaques (FIGS. 14G1-H4) in the cerebral cortex reveal that the ligand targeted particles appeared to label both the dense and diffuse sections of the plaque. In FIGS. 14G1-H4, the 4G8 antibody, visualized with FITC is labeled green, the ICG is labeled red, while the Compound iii ligand is labeled blue. FIGS. 14G1-G4 show a field with 3 focal plaques visible. Also in the field is a more diffuse surrounding amyloid deposition pattern. The 4G8 antibody labels both these entities. The focal plaques appeared to have a relatively uniform amyloid density at the center, and higher density in the periphery, consistent with numerous other observations of plaques in mice using antibody and thioflavin-S staining. The ICG and Compound iii labels (red and blue respectively) are well correlated with each other and with the antibody label, demonstrating a low density of binding in the center of the plaques and high density nodules in the periphery, leaving little doubt that the liposomal particles bind intact to the plaques, and label both the high density focal plaques as well as lower density diffuse plaques.
- Some differences were noted in the MRI signal patterns between the TetO/APP and TG2576 mice, with the former showing signal in the cerebral cortex, hippocampus, and striatum, consistent with preferential amyloid deposition in these areas due to heterogeneous activity of the CaMkIIα promoter. A more complete deposition pattern was observed in the Tg2576 mice, consistent with more uniform plaque deposition. The Tg2576 mice also showed strong ventricular signal that may be due to the continued presence of the agent in the cerebrospinal fluid, the likely transport medium for the extravasated liposomes.
- Liposomes penetrate the BBB in mouse models of amyloid deposition and Alzheimer's disease as collectively demonstrated previously and herein across 3 different mouse models, APP/PSEN1, TetO/APPP, and Tg2576. This BBB penetration does not require any active transport mechanism because previous work demonstrated that simple PEGylated liposomes are readily transported through the BBB. Retention of liposomes at the sites of amyloid deposition, for extended periods of time, however, depends on binding to a molecular target. The use of MeXO4 as the binding ligand in our previous work demonstrated binding to amyloid plaques and visualization ex vivo by microscopy. As demonstrated using Compound iii herein, the use of a novel targeting ligands leads to liposomes with improved bilayer integrity, and the consequent encapsulation of large amounts of Gd chelates. These Gd chelates, presented on the surface of the liposome, were hyper-relaxive at low (˜1 T) field strengths, and provided per-particle relaxivity of ˜190,000 mM-1.s-1, sufficient to enable their visualization in vivo using T1-weighted MRI. Thus, amyloid plaques in two different mouse models (Tg2576 and TetO/APP) were visualized.
- The present methods, ligands, conjugates and liposomes are believed to readily facilitate crossing the BBB in humans. It is known from MRI studies performed in AD and MC1 patients that the BBB indeed compromised and the extent of compromise is independent of amyloid burden. Also, a recent study using DCE-MRI confirmed that the BBB in the aging human hippocampus breaks down and becomes permeable. Confirmation that the agent binds amyloid pathology other than in a mouse overexpression model is demonstrated herein by testing binding to amyloid deposits in dog brain and human brain slices in vitro. Accordingly, the present methods, ligands, conjugates and liposomes may function in humans.
- The present application demonstrates MRI imaging of amyloid plaques in rodent models at clinically acceptable field strengths, which is believed to extend to analysis of plaques and diagnosis of AD in humans. The described MRI imaging may offer a number of substantial benefits over current non-invasive imaging technologies, such as PET imaging, including increased availability, reduced cost, and enhanced resolution. The availability of known, approved PET agents for the imaging of amyloid plaques may be limited and restricted to large academic medical centers. By contrast, the work described herein may offer worldwide availability. Moreover, T1 agents may be extremely attractive because of their positive signal, leading to increased confidence in signal interpretation. The work described herein is targeted for use in low field (1-3 T) scanners consistent with state-of-the-art MRI scanners for human imaging.
- In addition to analyzing amyloid plaque, the work herein may be used in conjunction with a secondary marker, such as identification of neurofibrillary Tau tangles, to diagnose AD.
- To the extent that the term “includes” or “including” is used in the specification or the claims, it is intended to be inclusive in a manner similar to the term “comprising” as that term is interpreted when employed as a transitional word in a claim. Furthermore, to the extent that the term “or” is employed (e.g., A or B) it is intended to mean “A or B or both.” When “only A or B but not both” is intended, then the term “only A or B but not both” will be employed. Thus, use of the term “or” herein is the inclusive, and not the exclusive use. As used in the specification and the claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include the plural. Finally, where the term “about” is used in conjunction with a number, it is intended to include ±10% of the number. For example, “about 10” may mean from 9 to 11.
- In general, “substituted” refers to an organic group as defined below (e.g., an alkyl group) in which one or more bonds to a hydrogen atom contained therein are replaced by a bond to non-hydrogen or non-carbon atoms. Substituted groups also include groups in which one or more bonds to a carbon(s) or hydrogen(s) atom are replaced by one or more bonds, including double or triple bonds, to a heteroatom. Thus, a substituted group is substituted with one or more substituents, unless otherwise specified. In some embodiments, a substituted group is substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 substituents. Examples of substituent groups include: halogens (i.e., F, Cl, Br, and I); hydroxyls; alkoxy, alkenoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, heterocyclyloxy, and heterocyclylalkoxy groups; carbonyls (oxo); carboxyls; esters; urethanes; oximes; hydroxylamines; alkoxyamines; aralkoxyamines; thiols; sulfides; sulfoxides; sulfones; sulfonyls; sulfonamides; amines; N-oxides; hydrazines; hydrazides; hydrazones; azides; amides; ureas; amidines; guanidines; enamines; imides; isocyanates; isothiocyanates; cyanates; thiocyanates; imines; nitro groups; nitriles (i.e., CN); and the like.
- Substituted ring groups such as substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl and heteroaryl groups also include rings and ring systems in which a bond to a hydrogen atom is replaced with a bond to a carbon atom. Therefore, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl and heteroaryl groups may also be substituted with substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups as defined below.
- Alkyl groups include straight chain and branched chain alkyl groups having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and typically from 1 to 10 carbons or, in some embodiments, from 1 to 8, 1 to 6, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of straight chain alkyl groups include groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and n-octyl groups. Examples of branched alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, isopropyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, neopentyl, isopentyl, and 2,2-dimethylpropyl groups. Representative substituted alkyl groups may be substituted one or more times with substituents such as those listed above and include, without limitation, haloalkyl (e.g., trifluoromethyl), hydroxyalkyl, thioalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, and the like.
- Cycloalkyl groups include mono-, bi- or tricyclic alkyl groups having from 3 to 12 carbon atoms in the ring(s), or, in some embodiments, 3 to 10, 3 to 8, or 3 to 4, 5, or 6 carbon atoms. Exemplary monocyclic cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl groups. In some embodiments, the cycloalkyl group has 3 to 8 ring members, whereas in other embodiments, the number of ring carbon atoms ranges from 3 to 5, 3 to 6, or 3 to 7. Bi- and tricyclic ring systems include both bridged cycloalkyl groups and fused rings, such as, but not limited to, bicyclo[2.1.1]hexane, adamantyl, decalinyl, and the like. Substituted cycloalkyl groups may be substituted one or more times with non-hydrogen and non-carbon groups as defined above. However, substituted cycloalkyl groups also include rings that are substituted with straight or branched chain alkyl groups as defined above. Representative substituted cycloalkyl groups may be mono-substituted or substituted more than once, such as, but not limited to, 2,2-, 2,3-, 2,4-2,5- or 2,6-disubstituted cyclohexyl groups, which may be substituted with substituents such as those listed above.
- Aryl groups are cyclic aromatic hydrocarbons that do not contain heteroatoms. Aryl groups herein include monocyclic, bicyclic and tricyclic ring systems. Thus, aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, azulenyl, heptalenyl, biphenyl, fluorenyl, phenanthrenyl, anthracenyl, indenyl, indanyl, pentalenyl, and naphthyl groups. In some embodiments, aryl groups contain 6-14 carbons, and in others from 6 to 12 or even 6-10 carbon atoms in the ring portions of the groups. In some embodiments, the aryl groups are phenyl or naphthyl. Although the phrase “aryl groups” includes groups containing fused rings, such as fused aromatic-aliphatic ring systems (e.g., indanyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, and the like), it does not include aryl groups that have other groups, such as alkyl or halo groups, bonded to one of the ring members. Rather, groups such as tolyl are referred to as substituted aryl groups. Representative substituted aryl groups may be mono-substituted or substituted more than once. For example, monosubstituted aryl groups include, but are not limited to, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-substituted phenyl or naphthyl groups, which may be substituted with substituents such as those listed above.
- Aralkyl groups are alkyl groups as defined above in which a hydrogen or carbon bond of an alkyl group is replaced with a bond to an aryl group as defined above. In some embodiments, aralkyl groups contain 7 to 16 carbon atoms, 7 to 14 carbon atoms, or 7 to 10 carbon atoms. Substituted aralkyl groups may be substituted at the alkyl, the aryl or both the alkyl and aryl portions of the group. Representative aralkyl groups include but are not limited to benzyl and phenethyl groups and fused (cycloalkylaryl)alkyl groups such as 4-indanylethyl. Representative substituted aralkyl groups may be substituted one or more times with substituents such as those listed above.
- Heterocyclic groups include aromatic (also referred to as heteroaryl) and non-aromatic ring compounds containing 3 or more ring members of which one or more is a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, N, O, and S. In some embodiments, the heterocyclyl group contains 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms. In some embodiments, heterocyclic groups include mono-, bi- and tricyclic rings having 3 to 16 ring members, whereas other such groups have 3 to 6, 3 to 10, 3 to 12, or 3 to 14 ring members. Heterocyclic groups encompass aromatic, partially unsaturated and saturated ring systems, such as, for example, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl and imidazolidinyl groups. The phrase “heterocyclic group” includes fused ring species including those comprising fused aromatic and non-aromatic groups, such as, for example, benzotriazolyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioxinyl, and benzo[1,3]dioxolyl. The phrase also includes bridged polycyclic ring systems containing a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, quinuclidyl. However, the phrase does not include heterocyclic groups that have other groups, such as alkyl, oxo or halo groups, bonded to one of the ring members. Rather, these are referred to as “substituted heterocyclic groups.” Heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrolyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolinyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiazolinyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, piperidyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, oxathiane, dioxyl, dithianyl, pyranyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, dihydropyridyl, dihydrodithiinyl, dihydrodithionyl, homopiperazinyl, quinuclidyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolyl, azaindolyl (pyrrolopyridyl), indazolyl, indolizinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzthiazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzoxazinyl, benzodithiinyl, benzoxathiinyl, benzothiazinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzo[1,3]dioxolyl, pyrazolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl (azabenzimidazolyl), triazolopyridyl, isoxazolopyridyl, purinyl, xanthinyl, adeninyl, guaninyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, thianaphthyl, dihydrobenzothiazinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydroindolyl, dihydrobenzodioxinyl, tetrahydroindolyl, tetrahydroindazolyl, tetrahydrobenzimidazolyl, tetrahydrobenzotriazolyl, tetrahydropyrrolopyridyl, tetrahydropyrazolopyridyl, tetrahydroimidazopyridyl, tetrahydrotriazolopyridyl, and tetrahydroquinolinyl groups. Representative substituted heterocyclic groups may be mono-substituted or substituted more than once, such as, but not limited to, pyridyl or morpholinyl groups, which are 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-substituted, or disubstituted with various substituents such as those listed above.
- Heteroaryl groups are aromatic ring compounds containing 5 or more ring members, of which one or more is a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, N, O, and S. Heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups such as pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, thiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, furanyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, azaindolyl (pyrrolopyridinyl), indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazopyridinyl (azabenzimidazolyl), pyrazolopyridinyl, triazolopyridinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, isoxazolopyridinyl, thianaphthyl, purinyl, xanthinyl, adeninyl, guaninyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, and quinazolinyl groups. Heteroaryl groups include fused ring compounds in which all rings are aromatic such as indolyl groups and include fused ring compounds in which only one of the rings is aromatic, such as 2,3-dihydro indolyl groups. Although the phrase “heteroaryl groups” includes fused ring compounds, the phrase does not include heteroaryl groups that have other groups bonded to one of the ring members, such as alkyl groups. Rather, heteroaryl groups with such substitution are referred to as “substituted heteroaryl groups.” Representative substituted heteroaryl groups may be substituted one or more times with various substituents such as those listed above.
- Heteroaralkyl groups are alkyl groups as defined above in which a hydrogen or carbon bond of an alkyl group is replaced with a bond to a heteroaryl group as defined above. Substituted heteroaralkyl groups may be substituted at the alkyl, the heteroaryl or both the alkyl and heteroaryl portions of the group. Representative substituted heteroaralkyl groups may be substituted one or more times with substituents such as those listed above.
- Groups described herein having two or more points of attachment (i.e., divalent, trivalent, or polyvalent) within the compound of the technology are designated by use of the suffix, “ene.” For example, divalent alkyl groups are alkylene groups, divalent aryl groups are arylene groups, divalent heteroaryl groups are heteroarylene groups, and so forth. Substituted groups having a single point of attachment to the compound of the technology are not referred to using the “ene” designation. Thus, for example, chloroethyl is not referred to herein as chloroethylene.
- Alkoxy groups are hydroxyl groups (—OH) in which the bond to the hydrogen atom is replaced by a bond to a carbon atom of a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group as defined above. Examples of linear alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentoxy, hexoxy, and the like. Examples of branched alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, isopropoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, isopentoxy, isohexoxy, and the like. Examples of cycloalkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, and the like. Representative substituted alkoxy groups may be substituted one or more times with substituents such as those listed above.
- The term “amine” (or “amino”), as used herein, refers to NRaRb groups, wherein Ra and Rb are independently hydrogen, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl or heterocyclyl group as defined herein. In some embodiments, the amine is alkylamino, dialkylamino, arylamino, or alkylarylamino. In other embodiments, the amine is NH2, methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino, propylamino, isopropylamino, phenylamino, or benzylamino. The term “alkylamino” is defined as NRcRd, wherein at least one of Rc and Rd is alkyl and the other is alkyl or hydrogen. The term “arylamino” is defined as NRcRf, wherein at least one of Re and Rf is aryl and the other is aryl or hydrogen.
- The term “halogen” or “halo,” as used herein, refers to bromine, chlorine, fluorine, or iodine. In some embodiments, the halogen is fluorine. In other embodiments, the halogen is chlorine or bromine.
- As stated above, while the present application has been illustrated by the description of embodiments, and while the embodiments have been described in considerable detail, it is not the intention to restrict or in any way limit the scope of the appended claims to such detail. Additional advantages and modifications will readily appear to those skilled in the art, having the benefit of this application. Therefore, the application, in its broader aspects, is not limited to the specific details and illustrative examples shown. Departures may be made from such details and examples without departing from the spirit or scope of the general inventive concept.
Claims (20)
—X—Ar—R1-Het (I)
—X—Ar—R1-Het (I)
—X—Ar—R1-Het (I)
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US16/677,751 US20200069820A1 (en) | 2014-10-08 | 2019-11-08 | Mri imaging of amyloid plaque using liposomes |
US16/791,068 US11141495B2 (en) | 2014-10-08 | 2020-02-14 | MRI imaging of amyloid plaque using liposomes |
US17/162,338 US20210170055A1 (en) | 2014-10-08 | 2021-01-29 | Targeted contrast agents for mri of amyloid deposition |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201462061514P | 2014-10-08 | 2014-10-08 | |
US201562111057P | 2015-02-02 | 2015-02-02 | |
US14/878,745 US9744251B2 (en) | 2014-10-08 | 2015-10-08 | MRI imaging of amyloid plaque using liposomes |
US15/366,667 US10537649B2 (en) | 2014-10-08 | 2016-12-01 | MRI imaging of amyloid plaque using liposomes |
US16/677,751 US20200069820A1 (en) | 2014-10-08 | 2019-11-08 | Mri imaging of amyloid plaque using liposomes |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/366,667 Continuation US10537649B2 (en) | 2014-10-08 | 2016-12-01 | MRI imaging of amyloid plaque using liposomes |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/791,068 Continuation US11141495B2 (en) | 2014-10-08 | 2020-02-14 | MRI imaging of amyloid plaque using liposomes |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20200069820A1 true US20200069820A1 (en) | 2020-03-05 |
Family
ID=55653789
Family Applications (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/878,745 Active 2036-01-29 US9744251B2 (en) | 2014-10-08 | 2015-10-08 | MRI imaging of amyloid plaque using liposomes |
US15/366,667 Active US10537649B2 (en) | 2014-10-08 | 2016-12-01 | MRI imaging of amyloid plaque using liposomes |
US16/677,751 Abandoned US20200069820A1 (en) | 2014-10-08 | 2019-11-08 | Mri imaging of amyloid plaque using liposomes |
US16/791,068 Active US11141495B2 (en) | 2014-10-08 | 2020-02-14 | MRI imaging of amyloid plaque using liposomes |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/878,745 Active 2036-01-29 US9744251B2 (en) | 2014-10-08 | 2015-10-08 | MRI imaging of amyloid plaque using liposomes |
US15/366,667 Active US10537649B2 (en) | 2014-10-08 | 2016-12-01 | MRI imaging of amyloid plaque using liposomes |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/791,068 Active US11141495B2 (en) | 2014-10-08 | 2020-02-14 | MRI imaging of amyloid plaque using liposomes |
Country Status (11)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (4) | US9744251B2 (en) |
EP (3) | EP4035688A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP6505235B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR102409017B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN107106708B (en) |
AU (2) | AU2015330824A1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2963941C (en) |
ES (1) | ES2743704T3 (en) |
HK (1) | HK1243335A1 (en) |
MX (1) | MX371295B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2016057812A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (17)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP3366313A1 (en) | 2011-04-06 | 2018-08-29 | Board Of Regents Of the University Of Texas System | Lipid-based nanoparticles |
BR112014010879A2 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2017-06-13 | Annapragada Ananth | methods and compositions for objectively characterizing medical images |
AU2015330824A1 (en) | 2014-10-08 | 2017-05-25 | Ananth Annapragada | MRI imaging of amyloid plaque using liposomes |
JP7059270B2 (en) | 2016-07-22 | 2022-04-25 | エーシー・イミューン・エス・アー | Compounds for imaging tau protein aggregates |
SG11201811311VA (en) | 2016-07-22 | 2019-01-30 | Ac Immune Sa | Compounds for imaging tau protein aggregates |
WO2018051289A2 (en) * | 2016-09-16 | 2018-03-22 | Texas Children's Hospital | Novel liposomal gadolinium (gd) contrast agent "nmrx" for t1-mri |
US11241510B2 (en) | 2016-11-30 | 2022-02-08 | Texas Children's Hospital | Hydrophilic fluorinated molecules for liposomal 19F MRI probes with unique MR signatures |
EP3743423A1 (en) | 2018-01-24 | 2020-12-02 | AC Immune SA | Gamma-carboline compounds for the detection of tau aggregates |
EP3743426A1 (en) | 2018-01-24 | 2020-12-02 | AC Immune SA | Azacarboline compounds for the detection of tau aggregates |
WO2019191518A1 (en) * | 2018-03-29 | 2019-10-03 | Microvascuar Therapeutics Llc | Compositions and methods of detecting and treating alzheimer's disease |
US20210252175A1 (en) | 2018-06-08 | 2021-08-19 | Ac Immune Sa | Novel compounds for diagnosis |
WO2020154623A1 (en) * | 2019-01-24 | 2020-07-30 | Alzeca Biosciences, LLC | Functionalized liposomes for imaging misfolded proteins |
WO2021007232A1 (en) * | 2019-07-08 | 2021-01-14 | Alzeca Biosciences, LLC | Targeting ligands for tau pathology |
KR102546470B1 (en) * | 2020-01-29 | 2023-06-21 | 텍사스 칠드런스 하스피탈 | Targeted contrast agents for MRI of amyloid deposits |
CN115279424A (en) * | 2020-02-12 | 2022-11-01 | 德克萨斯儿童医院 | Targeted contrast agents for alpha-synuclein deposition MRI |
US11779664B2 (en) | 2020-02-12 | 2023-10-10 | Texas Children's Hospital | Targeted contrast agents for MRI of alpha-synuclein deposition |
CN115970009A (en) * | 2023-02-08 | 2023-04-18 | 丽水市中心医院 | VHPK polypeptide modified fluorescent nano liposome drug delivery system, preparation method and application thereof |
Family Cites Families (35)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5204085A (en) | 1985-01-08 | 1993-04-20 | Mallinckrodt Medical, Inc. | Method for enhancing the safety of metal-ligand chelates as X-ray contrast agents |
CN1148812A (en) | 1994-03-28 | 1997-04-30 | 尼科梅德成像有限公司 | Liposomes |
US6071532A (en) * | 1996-10-15 | 2000-06-06 | Emory University | Synthesis of glycophospholipid and peptide-phospholipid conjugates and uses thereof |
ATE287700T1 (en) | 1999-11-30 | 2005-02-15 | Univ Arizona | RADIATION-SENSITIVE LIPOSOMES |
AU2002211517A1 (en) | 2000-10-04 | 2002-04-15 | California Institute Of Technology | Magnetic resonance imaging agents for in vivo labeling and detection of amyloid deposits |
AU2002314794A1 (en) | 2001-05-23 | 2002-12-03 | New York University | Detection of alzheimer's amyloid by magnetic resonance imaging |
AU2003217950A1 (en) | 2002-03-05 | 2003-09-22 | Cleveland State University | Agglomerated particles for aerosol drug delivery |
EP1641742A4 (en) | 2003-05-01 | 2006-11-29 | Nst Neurosurvival Technologies | Compounds that selectively bind to membranes of apoptotic cells |
US7208174B2 (en) | 2003-12-18 | 2007-04-24 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Liposome compositions |
US20100031378A1 (en) | 2008-08-04 | 2010-02-04 | Edwards Joel A | Novel gene disruptions, compositions and methods relating thereto |
US7713517B2 (en) | 2004-04-21 | 2010-05-11 | Marval Biosciences, Inc. | Compositions and methods for enhancing contrast in imaging |
US8357351B2 (en) | 2004-04-21 | 2013-01-22 | Ananth Annapragada | Nano-scale contrast agents and methods of use |
US20070292354A1 (en) | 2004-09-23 | 2007-12-20 | Guerbet | Contrast Agents Encapsulating Systems for Cest Imaging |
US20070111970A1 (en) | 2005-10-13 | 2007-05-17 | Antonio Cruz | Inositol compounds and uses of same in the treatment of diseases characterized by abnormal protein folding or aggregation or amyloid formation, desposition, accumulation or persistence |
US20070160658A1 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2007-07-12 | The Penn State Research Foundation | Delivery system for diagnostic and therapeutic agents |
US20090123047A1 (en) | 2007-03-21 | 2009-05-14 | Yfantis Spyros A | Method and system for characterizing prostate images |
EP1982733A1 (en) | 2007-04-17 | 2008-10-22 | Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft | Use of a contrast agent for magnetic resonance imaging of endoleaks |
US7858803B2 (en) | 2007-04-27 | 2010-12-28 | The General Hospital Corporation | Imaging tracers for early detection and treatment of amyloid plaques caused by Alzheimer's disease and related disorders |
AU2008278605A1 (en) | 2007-07-26 | 2009-01-29 | Nanoscan Imaging, Llc | Methods for imaging using improved nanoparticulate contrast agents |
AU2008331764A1 (en) | 2007-12-05 | 2009-06-11 | Marval Biosciences, Inc. | Nano-scale contrast agents and methods of use |
CA2711503A1 (en) * | 2008-01-08 | 2009-07-16 | Biogenerix Ag | Glycoconjugation of polypeptides using oligosaccharyltransferases |
ITMI20081052A1 (en) | 2008-06-10 | 2009-12-11 | Univ Milano Bicocca | LIPOSOMAS ABLE TO EFFECTIVELY TIE THE BETA-AMYLOID PEPTIDE |
US20090311191A1 (en) | 2008-06-13 | 2009-12-17 | Ananth Annapragada | Imaging of atherosclerotic plaques using liposomal imaging agents |
WO2010017094A2 (en) | 2008-07-31 | 2010-02-11 | The General Hospital Corporation | CURCUMIN DERIVATIVES FOR AMYLOID-β PLAQUE IMAGING |
AR074760A1 (en) | 2008-12-18 | 2011-02-09 | Metabolex Inc | GPR120 RECEIVER AGONISTS AND USES OF THE SAME IN MEDICINES FOR THE TREATMENT OF DIABETES AND METABOLIC SYNDROME. |
EP2410990A4 (en) | 2009-03-19 | 2015-05-20 | Marval Biosciences Inc | Compositions and methods for enhancing contrast in imaging |
WO2011045415A2 (en) | 2009-10-15 | 2011-04-21 | Guerbet | New imaging agents and their use for the diagnostic in vivo of neurodegenerative diseases, notably alzheimer's disease and derivative diseases |
DK2582674T3 (en) | 2010-06-16 | 2014-12-15 | Cymabay Therapeutics Inc | GPR120 receptor agonists and uses thereof. |
CN103429226A (en) | 2011-03-02 | 2013-12-04 | 森苏林公司 | Vesicle compositions |
EP3366313A1 (en) | 2011-04-06 | 2018-08-29 | Board Of Regents Of the University Of Texas System | Lipid-based nanoparticles |
GB201112056D0 (en) * | 2011-07-14 | 2011-08-31 | Univ Leuven Kath | Antibodies |
BR112014010879A2 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2017-06-13 | Annapragada Ananth | methods and compositions for objectively characterizing medical images |
WO2013164763A2 (en) | 2012-04-30 | 2013-11-07 | Innovative Health Diagnostics | A biological complex specific for alzheimer's disease detection in vitro and use thereof |
JP2016513681A (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2016-05-16 | セルタクシス,インコーポレイテッド | Inhibitor of leukotriene A4 hydrolase |
AU2015330824A1 (en) | 2014-10-08 | 2017-05-25 | Ananth Annapragada | MRI imaging of amyloid plaque using liposomes |
-
2015
- 2015-10-08 AU AU2015330824A patent/AU2015330824A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2015-10-08 EP EP22152987.8A patent/EP4035688A1/en active Pending
- 2015-10-08 EP EP19172751.0A patent/EP3542828A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2015-10-08 KR KR1020177012354A patent/KR102409017B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2015-10-08 MX MX2017004695A patent/MX371295B/en active IP Right Grant
- 2015-10-08 CA CA2963941A patent/CA2963941C/en active Active
- 2015-10-08 US US14/878,745 patent/US9744251B2/en active Active
- 2015-10-08 JP JP2017538918A patent/JP6505235B2/en active Active
- 2015-10-08 CN CN201580066712.6A patent/CN107106708B/en active Active
- 2015-10-08 EP EP15849750.3A patent/EP3204051B1/en active Active
- 2015-10-08 ES ES15849750T patent/ES2743704T3/en active Active
- 2015-10-08 WO PCT/US2015/054732 patent/WO2016057812A1/en active Application Filing
-
2016
- 2016-12-01 US US15/366,667 patent/US10537649B2/en active Active
-
2018
- 2018-02-27 HK HK18102837.3A patent/HK1243335A1/en unknown
-
2019
- 2019-11-08 US US16/677,751 patent/US20200069820A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2020
- 2020-02-14 US US16/791,068 patent/US11141495B2/en active Active
-
2021
- 2021-05-25 AU AU2021203388A patent/AU2021203388B2/en active Active
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
KR20170103748A (en) | 2017-09-13 |
CN107106708A (en) | 2017-08-29 |
US11141495B2 (en) | 2021-10-12 |
JP6505235B2 (en) | 2019-04-24 |
US20170080111A1 (en) | 2017-03-23 |
HK1243335A1 (en) | 2018-07-13 |
CN107106708B (en) | 2021-06-18 |
KR102409017B1 (en) | 2022-06-16 |
EP4035688A1 (en) | 2022-08-03 |
AU2021203388B2 (en) | 2024-05-30 |
US10537649B2 (en) | 2020-01-21 |
US9744251B2 (en) | 2017-08-29 |
BR112017007238A2 (en) | 2018-01-16 |
AU2021203388A1 (en) | 2021-06-24 |
EP3204051B1 (en) | 2019-05-29 |
EP3204051A1 (en) | 2017-08-16 |
EP3204051A4 (en) | 2018-06-27 |
US20200179540A1 (en) | 2020-06-11 |
ES2743704T3 (en) | 2020-02-20 |
JP2017532378A (en) | 2017-11-02 |
US20160101197A1 (en) | 2016-04-14 |
MX2017004695A (en) | 2018-01-24 |
EP3542828A1 (en) | 2019-09-25 |
WO2016057812A1 (en) | 2016-04-14 |
CA2963941A1 (en) | 2016-04-14 |
AU2015330824A1 (en) | 2017-05-25 |
MX371295B (en) | 2020-01-24 |
CA2963941C (en) | 2023-08-01 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11141495B2 (en) | MRI imaging of amyloid plaque using liposomes | |
Tanifum et al. | A novel liposomal nanoparticle for the imaging of amyloid plaque by magnetic resonance imaging | |
CN104144708B (en) | Nano-particle based on lipid | |
US20100254913A1 (en) | Non-spherical contrast agents for cest mri based on bulk magnetic susceptibility effect | |
US20200261605A1 (en) | Functionalized liposomes for imaging misfolded proteins | |
US20230136718A1 (en) | Functionalized liposomes for imaging misfolded proteins | |
US10124078B2 (en) | Lipid-based nanoparticles | |
BR112017007238B1 (en) | LIPOSOMAL COMPOSITION COMPRISING AN AROMATIC PHOSPHOLIPIDIOPOLYMER CONJUGATE AND A NON-RADIOACTIVE MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGING CONTRAST ENHANCEMENT AGENT FOR IMAGING AMYLOID DEPOSITS |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: ALZECA BIOSCIENCES, LLC, TEXAS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:SRIVASTAVA, MAYANK;REEL/FRAME:051198/0182 Effective date: 20140903 Owner name: TEXAS CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL, TEXAS Free format text: NUNC PRO TUNC ASSIGNMENT;ASSIGNORS:ANNAPRAGADA, ANANTH;TANIFUM, ERIC;SRIVASTAVA, MAYANK;REEL/FRAME:051198/0040 Effective date: 20170503 Owner name: ALZECA BIOSCIENCES, LLC, TEXAS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:TANIFUM, ERIC;REEL/FRAME:051198/0194 Effective date: 20140912 Owner name: ALZECA BIOSCIENCES, LLC, TEXAS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:ANNAPRAGADA, ANANTH;REEL/FRAME:051198/0148 Effective date: 20140715 Owner name: TANIFUM, ERIC, TEXAS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:TEXAS CHILDREN'S PHYSICIAN SERVICES ORGANIZATION;REEL/FRAME:051433/0212 Effective date: 20140622 Owner name: SRIVASTAVA, MAYANK, TEXAS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:TEXAS CHILDREN'S PHYSICIAN SERVICES ORGANIZATION;REEL/FRAME:051433/0212 Effective date: 20140622 Owner name: ANNAPRAGADA, ANANTH, TEXAS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:TEXAS CHILDREN'S PHYSICIAN SERVICES ORGANIZATION;REEL/FRAME:051433/0212 Effective date: 20140622 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: ANNAPRAGADA, ANANTH, TEXAS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:TEXAS CHILDREN'S PHYSICIAN SERVICES ORGANIZATION;REEL/FRAME:051922/0198 Effective date: 20140622 Owner name: TEXAS CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL, TEXAS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:ANNAPRAGADA, ANANTH;TANIFUM, ERIC;SRIVASTAVA, MAYANK;REEL/FRAME:051922/0118 Effective date: 20170503 Owner name: ALZECA BIOSCIENCES, LLC, TEXAS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:ANNAPRAGADA, ANANTH;REEL/FRAME:051922/0548 Effective date: 20140715 Owner name: ALZECA BIOSCIENCES, LLC, TEXAS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:TANIFUM, ERIC;REEL/FRAME:051922/0782 Effective date: 20140912 Owner name: TANIFUM, ERIC, TEXAS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:TEXAS CHILDREN'S PHYSICIAN SERVICES ORGANIZATION;REEL/FRAME:051922/0198 Effective date: 20140622 Owner name: SRIVASTAVA, MAYANK, TEXAS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:TEXAS CHILDREN'S PHYSICIAN SERVICES ORGANIZATION;REEL/FRAME:051922/0198 Effective date: 20140622 Owner name: ALZECA BIOSCIENCES, LLC, TEXAS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:SRIVASTAVA, MAYANK;REEL/FRAME:051922/0615 Effective date: 20140903 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |